Marketing School - Digital Marketing and Online Marketing Tips

By Neil Patel & Eric Siu.

Listen to a podcast, please open Podcast Republic app. Available on Google Play Store.


Category: Management & Marketing

Open in iTunes


Open RSS feed


Open Website


Rate for this podcast


Description

Neil Patel and Eric Siu bring you daily ACTIONABLE digital marketing lessons that they've learned through years of being in the trenches. Whether you have a new website or an established business, learn the latest SEO, content marketing, social media, email marketing, conversion optimization and general online marketing tactics that work today.

Episode Date
7 Facebook Ads Tips For 2019 & Beyond | Ep. #870
07:03

In episode #870, we count out 7 Facebook Ad tips. Tune in to hear some lucrative Facebook tactics.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Facebook Ads Tips For 2019 & Beyond
  • [00:38] 1: Eric’s team starting running Facebook and Instagram Story ads. Original cost per acquisitions was $8-9, but now it’s at $4-5.
  • [01:00] You can make quick videos, because they don’t need to be well-produced.
  • [01:30] 2: Make your own content, do not use a professional photographer.
  • [02:11] Self-produced content converts better.
  • [02:33] 3: Use Many Chat or any chat program.
  • [02:55] Try to get people to converse on Facebook Messenger.
  • [03:44] 4: When you collect a Facebook lead, send them to a Schedule Once page.
  • [04:05] This is a great way to schedule calls with leads.
  • [04:22] 5: Direct Heroes Instagram bots are great.
  • [04:55] 6: Test out different ways to generate sales.
  • [05:15] 7: Share and promote content.
  • [06:10] That’s it for today!
  • [06:18] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 18, 2018
How Books Can Make You More Money (Even if You Don't Read Them) | Ep. #869
05:56

In episode #869, we discuss how books can make you more money. Tune in to hear how a book can increase your sales numbers.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Books Can Make You More Money (Even if You Don't Read Them)
  • [00:40] Frank Kern was able to make money from books by giving one away.
  • [00:52] Book funnels work.
  • [01:10] Even though the buyers only pay for shipping, your costs will still be low.
  • [01:20] However, you won’t make much back.
  • [01:34] You recoup costs by getting the buyers to buy from you again.
  • [01:45] Keep upselling once you hook them.
  • [02:00] Use the book to liquidate your advertising costs.
  • [02:35] Russell Brunson has a great book funnel.
  • [03:16] Test your back-end offers before offering a book funnel.
  • [03:55] Scribe is a company that helps people create and publish books.
  • [04:26] The book funnel works best when you’re running ads for it.
  • [04:56] That’s it for today!
  • [05:00] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 17, 2018
The Best Marketers Do This | Ep. #868
07:11

In episode #868, we discuss a tactic that the best marketers use. Tune in to hear what you can do to up your game.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Best Marketers Do This
  • [00:40] The best marketers document.
  • [01:04] Whatever tactic you’re using, document it so that it’s repeatable for other people on your team.
  • [01:35] You won’t know what is working unless you document it.
  • [02:22] Eric documents anything he has done two or three times.
  • [02:36] Tracking in Google Drive was difficult, so Eric’s team had to come up with alternative solutions.
  • [03:00] Create an internal workplace Wiki to track everything.
  • [03:45] Looop is a great training option, as is Trainual.
  • [04:15] If you are going to document, get the whole company on board.
  • [05:03] It’s a chore, but in the long run you will appreciate the work you put into documenting everything.
  • [05:50] Make sure you have someone organizing the documentation process.
  • [06:04] That’s it for today!
  • [06:10] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 16, 2018
7 Email Marketing Hacks That You Aren't Leveraging (But Should) | Ep. #867
06:46

In episode #867, we discuss 7 email marketing hacks that you probably aren’t leveraging. Tune in to hear what tactics you shouldn’t take for granted.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Email Marketing Hacks That You Aren't Leveraging (But Should)
  • [00:45] 1: Have a super-signature at the bottom of your email.
  • [01:12] 2: Clean your lists.
  • [01:40] If you keep sending emails to people who don’t open them, Gmail will push them to spam.
  • [02:41] 3: Use Sender Score to see if you are being blacklisted.
  • [03:04] 4: Re-send your email to those that didn’t open it (with slight tweaks).
  • [03:48] 5: Instead of putting a bunch of links in your email, keep it simple.
  • [04:10] 6: Don’t send HTML based emails with templates.
  • [05:06] 7: Write nine word emails.
  • [05:15] When you do this, it should be right to the point.
  • [05:33] It’s a great way to get a conversation started.
  • [05:49] That’s it for today!
  • [05:52] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:



Dec 15, 2018
The #1 Job Email Marketing Is Supposed To Do | Ep. #866
05:34

In episode #866, we discuss the #1 thing email marketing is supposed to do. Tune in to hear what you should be getting out of your email marketing campaign.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The #1 Job Email Marketing Is Supposed To Do
  • [00:35] Email marketing is supposed to get your reader curious enough to continue opening emails.
  • [01:15] Neil’s friend from HubSpot believes that once someone subscribes to your email list, they will typically buy right away or within the first 30 days.
  • [01:45] Generally, you generate more revenue by getting people to open the first few emails and pitching right off the bat.
  • [02:31] Neil likes to drive people to his webinar right from the email.
  • [02:50] He feels this generates more immediate revenue.
  • [03:35] Ben Settle has an email list called Email Players.
  • [03:50] He popularized the idea of “Seinfeld Emails”.
  • [04:15] Every Tuesday, Neil writes custom emails to promote his blog posts.
  • [04:28] That’s it for today!
  • [04:38] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 14, 2018
The One Thing You Have to Do Before You Start Doing SEO | Ep. #865
04:20

In episode #865, we discuss the one thing you have to do before you start doing SEO. Tune in to hear what your first step should be.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The One Thing You Have to Do Before You Start Doing SEO
  • [00:36] Look up your competitors in Ahrefs or SEMRush.
  • [00:44] These tools will show you their most popular pages, the terms for which those pages rank, their positions, and total traffic value.
  • [01:02] This information will help you determine what you should target.
  • [01:45] Once you find one competitor, you can find others using the above listed tools.
  • [02:10] When you are looking at information on Ahrefs, you can see the content gap. The content gap is the content that your competitors are covering that you are not.
  • [02:36] Use the Keyword Difficulty Tool to see how hard it would be to rank for a given topic.
  • [02:50] BuzzSumo will give you an idea of competitors’ social shares.
  • [03:10] That’s it for today!
  • [03:25] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 13, 2018
7 Quick Hacks to Boost Your Click-Through-Rate | Ep. #864
06:07

In episode #864, we discuss 7 hacks to boost your click-through rate. Tune in to hear these quick and easy hacks.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Quick Hacks to Boost Your Click-Through-Rate
  • [00:32] 1: Write a better title.
  • [00:55] Try to bring people to the point of sale.
  • [01:05] 2: Leverage curiosity.
  • [01:20] Try to have a juicy hook.
  • [01:52] 3: Improve your meta description.
  • [02:30] 4: Use adjectives.
  • [02:40] Using words like “effortless” really draw people in. Using descriptors in your titles helps to get people interested in your article.
  • [03:25] 5: Make sure you use a good thumbnail in YouTube.
  • [04:00] Your thumbnail even matters on Facebook.
  • [04:15] 6: Use rich snippets.
  • [04:30] There is usually a plugin in Wordpress to help with something like this.
  • [04:38] 7: Use a tool like Clickflow or Google Search Console to optimize your click-through rates.
  • [05:15] That’s it for today!
  • [05:18] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 12, 2018
How to Do Internal Linking The Right Way | Ep. #863
05:29

In episode #863, we discuss how to do internal linking. Tune in to hear how to do it the right way.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Do Internal Linking The Right Way
  • [00:35] Neil has seen people overuse this technique: putting rich anchor text in the footer.
  • [01:00] A lot of people put rich anchor text in the footer, but if you overdo that, you will get hit with a penalty.
  • [01:25] Be more selective with this particular tactic.
  • [01:45] Create content around long-tail phrases.
  • [02:25] If you look at Zappos, they structure their site really well.
  • [02:45] Each category page leads to further, more specific categories.
  • [02:55] This is great, because it has a logical flow that makes it easy for Search Spider to crawl through.
  • [03:25] Make sure your sitemap is logical.
  • [03:50] Interlinking throughout your content is a successful tactic.
  • [04:24] That’s it for today!
  • [04:30] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:



Dec 11, 2018
The 12 Days of Christmas (Marketing Edition) | Ep. #862
04:34

In episode #862, we discuss a great holiday marketing campaign idea. Tune in to hear how you can run a 12 Days of Christmas marketing campaign.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The 12 Days of Christmas (Marketing Edition)
  • [01:10] When Eric was at Treehouse, they did a 12-day giveaway.
  • [01:40] They even partnered with other companies to help sweeten the deals.
  • [01:52] Use Viper or King Sumo Giveaways to run your giveaway campaign.
  • [02:40] Most people use these campaigns to increase revenue, but others use it to gain loyal customers.
  • [03:25] That’s it for today!
  • [03:31] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 10, 2018
How to Get More Search Traffic in 30 Days (Without Paying for It) | Ep. #861
04:53

In episode #861, we discuss how you can get more search traffic in 30 days. Tune in to hear what you can do to bump up your traffic.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Get More Search Traffic in 30 Days (Without Paying for It)
  • [00:35] Everyone has search traffic, but how do you get more really quickly?
  • [01:02] Use Google Search Console and look at the pages that are getting the most traffic.
  • [01:15] Try Keyword Tool or UberSuggest and type in the keywords that are driving people to your site.
  • [01:25] Take the long-tail variations and include them in your copy.
  • [02:03] Eric used this technique and has increased his traffic by 20% month over month.
  • [02:41] Eric and his team took content that was out of date and updated it!
  • [03:05] Use the content re-usage framework to help guide you through the process of updating content.
  • [03:50] That’s it for today!
  • [04:00] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 09, 2018
7 Last Minute Holiday Marketing Ideas | Ep. #860
06:35

In episode #860, we discuss 7 last-minute holiday marketing ideas. Tune in to hear 7 great ways to promote your business this holiday season.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Last Minute Holiday Marketing Ideas
  • [00:50] 1: Leverage the 12 days of Christmas.
  • [01:02] Each day, you can have a special offer.
  • [01:32] 2: Have a special, one day event.
  • [02:20] 3: Discount your most popular or profitable items, so you can an influx of traffic and sales.
  • [03:08] 4: Have a photo-sharing contest on social media.
  • [03:26] Make sure the contest is product-centric and also offer your product as a prize.
  • [03:48] 5: The spinning wheel (like Wheel of Fortune).
  • [04:07] A prize wheel is a great way to attract people.
  • [04:24] 6: Have a gift card bonus.
  • [04:34] As an example, for every $100 in gift cards someone buys, offer an additional amount, like $25 for free.
  • [05:07] 7: Cross-promote your products and services with another company.
  • [05:24] That’s it for today!
  • [05:33] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 08, 2018
How to Get Sales and Marketing to Work Together | Ep. #859
05:31

In episode #859, we discuss how to get Sales and Marketing departments to work together. Tune in to hear how to unify these separate teams.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Get Sales and Marketing to Work Together
  • [00:38] You will often see the Marketing and Sales departments working against each other.
  • [01:15] Figure out what would align both teams.
  • [01:40] Neil has found that getting these two teams to work together is hard, unless you have a CRO.
  • [02:30] Having a CRO is expensive, so if you can’t afford to hire one, having weekly meetings with both teams will be beneficial.
  • [03:35] CRO’s are worth hundreds of thousands of dollars.
  • [04:00] If you’re running a small business, you’re going to have to be the glue that keeps these teams working together.
  • [04:20] Use the Traction framework.
  • [04:27] That’s all for today!
  • [04:34] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 07, 2018
Why Dwell Time Matters for SEO (and How to Increase It) | Ep. #858
05:03

In episode #858, we discuss why dwell time matters for SEO. Tune in to hear how you can increase your dwell time.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why Dwell Time Matters for SEO (and How to Increase It)
  • [00:36] Dwell time is how long people spend on your page.
  • [00:46] Google factors this in when ranking your site.
  • [01:05] The longer a visitor stays on your site, the more engaged they are.
  • [01:57] Look at your pages with the most search traffic and figure out the highest ranking keywords.
  • [02:30] If you make sure that your webpage answers the questions people are searching for, it will increase your dwell time.
  • [02:41] A friend of ours has an app called “YouTube Subscribe Bar”.
  • [03:00] When you write a post, find a relevant video on YouTube, plug the embed code into the app, and it will not only embed the video, but allow you to post a link to subscribe to your channel instead of the video creator’s channel.
  • [03:50] If you’re not sure what people want, make a survey asking them.
  • [04:04] That’s it for today!
  • [04:20] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 06, 2018
7 Tools Will Help You Kick Butt in 2019 & Beyond | Ep. #857
08:00

In episode #857, we discuss tools that will help you kick butt next year. Tune in to hear which tools are going to help you succeed.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Tools Will Help You Kick Butt in 2019 & Beyond
  • [00:45] Gong can be used for sales and to help coach your team.
  • [02:00] Ahrefs Link Intersect lets you compare yourself to three of your competitors.
  • [02:40] Loom lets you record your screen.
  • [03:06] It will also let you draw on the screen and have a call to action at the end of your video.
  • [03:33] EverWebinar will help you create great webinars.
  • [04:15] Wirecast allows you to livestream and simulcast your events.
  • [04:57] VidIQ is a great video tool that will help you get more views.
  • [05:17] Zoom is a great conference call and webinar tool.
  • [06:00] This tool is perfect for increasing engagement.
  • [06:20] Neil prefers WebinarJam.
  • [07:00] That’s it for today!
  • [07:10] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:




 

 

Dec 05, 2018
How to Create a Marketing Plan for 2019 | Ep. #856
06:36

In episode #856, we discuss how to create a marketing plan for 2019. Tune in to hear what things you should think about to help you create a plan.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Create a Marketing Plan for 2019
  • [00:48] Traction is a great resource to use and live by.
  • [01;05] Use each quarter to plan for the next one.
  • [01:55] Use Zoom to meet with your remote team.
  • [02:10] Scale up everything that worked.
  • [02:35] Think about how to increase lifetime value of customers.
  • [03:45] Think about something extreme you can do.
  • [03:53] Take something that is working and double down on it.
  • [04:07] Think about what to eliminate.
  • [04:31] What ideas can you use from other industries and apply it to your business?
  • [04:56] What can you steal from competitors?
  • [05:12] That’s it for today!
  • [05:49] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 04, 2018
How Often Should You Re-Write Your Content? | Ep. #855
04:09

In episode #855, we discuss how often you should update your content. Tune in to hear how often you should be doing this.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Often Should You Re-Write Your Content?
  • [00:40] Neil goes through his content once per year.
  • [01:20] Hubspot has employees specifically for content repurposing.
  • [01:45] Problogger is a great place to find some of the best writers to help repurpose your content.
  • [02:40] If your traffic dips, you’ll find that if you stay on top of updating your content, you will have fewer dips.
  • [03:09] That’s it for today!
  • [03:14] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 03, 2018
The One SEO Tactic We Use That You Don't | Ep. #854
06:08

In episode #854, we discuss the one SEO tactic we use, but you probably aren’t. Tune in to hear what you should be doing to increase your traffic.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The One SEO Tactic We Use That You Don't
  • [00:45] The one tactic you’re neglecting is upgrading your content.
  • [01:15] Take the pages that are getting you the most search traffic and improve the content. This will get you even more traffic.
  • [02:05] After Eric upgraded some of his content, it increased his number of visitors by 4x.
  • [02:45] People like to link to top ranking pages.
  • [03:22] See which of the top keywords you already have and add more of the top-ranking keywords and paragraphs of text that relate to said keywords.
  • [04:45] Use Ahrefs to check your keyword rankings.
  • [05:17] That’s it for today!
  • [05:26] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 02, 2018
The One Twitter Tool You Have to Use But Aren't | Ep. #853
04:12

In episode #853, we discuss the one Twitter tool you have to use. Tune in to hear what vital tool you need to start using.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The One Twitter Tool You Have to Use But Aren't
  • [00:36] The tool you should be using is SparkToro.
  • [00:44] It will tell you how many of your followers are bots, among other things.
  • [01:14] SparkToro checked Trump’s account and found that 61% of his followers are bots.
  • [01:22] The tool also gives you a klout score.
  • [01:50] We both use Twitter as an immediate news source.
  • [02:10] SparkToro also gives you the latest marketing news, as well.
  • [02:40] This tool will help you identify your real followers, which is key towards increasing engagement and conversions.
  • [03:10] That’s it for today!
  • [03:18] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Dec 01, 2018
How Long Does It Really Take For Marketing to Kick In? | Ep. #852
05:51

In episode #852, we discuss how long it takes for marketing to start working. Tune in to hear when you should expect to see results.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Long Does It Really Take For Marketing to Kick In?
  • [00:40] In general, no matter what type of marketing channel you’re using, it will take at least three months to a year to see results.
  • [01:15] If you can break even in 90-120 days, you’re in good shape.
  • [02:12] The thing that takes the longest is branding.
  • [03:25] You want to see results months over months.
  • [03:40] When testing, cut the things that are losing money and try something else.
  • [04:08] The moment you stop optimizing, is when a competitor swoops in and takes your slice.
  • [04:35] Have a sense of urgency, but be patient.
  • [04:52] That’s it for today!
  • [04:57] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Nov 30, 2018
The Majority of Your Customers Won't Come From Marketing (It Will Come From This) | Ep. #851
06:14

In episode #851, we discuss why the majority of your customers won’t come from marketing. Tune in to hear where these customers are coming from.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic:  The Majority of Your Customers Won't Come From Marketing (It Will Come From This)
  • [00:50] Create a good product or service and you will gain customers from word of mouth.
  • [02:01] People talk about Tesla because it’s like driving a computer. It’s sleek, new, and exciting. This gives them great word of mouth advertising.
  • [03:10] They recently announced a new product.
  • [03:22] That was enough marketing for them. The buzz has already begun.
  • [03:40] Surface advertises a ton, but They don't have to spend as much on marketing because people like them.
  • [04:45] They love to use celebrity marketing to do the talking for them.
  • [05:05] Be remarkable and people will talk about you.
  • [05:20] That’s it for today!
  • [05:25] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 29, 2018
Should You Focus on Link Building in 2019? | Ep. #850
06:52

In episode #850, we discuss whether link building is still relevant. Tune in to hear what you should focus on in 2019.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Should You Focus on Link Building in 2019?
  • [00:40] Spend time on it, but don’t let it be your primary focus.
  • [01:15] Take an omni-channel approach to marketing.
  • [01:35] Moz and Search Engine Land take up most of the listings. Bigger brands take up more space.
  • [01:51] Focus on building your brand; the omni-channel approach is key to this.
  • [02:45] You won’t succeed immediately.
  • [02:55] Creating content and building a funnel will help you gain momentum.
  • [03:15] It’s not a numbers game, it’s about quality.
  • [04:00] Google doesn’t want to penalize everyone, they want to show the most relevant sites.
  • [04:25] Try to do it right and use useful and relevant information.
  • [04:45] Some of our podcast information is contradictory, because things have changed over the past year.
  • [05:30] Once you have momentum, the site will continue to grow.
  • [06:02] That’s it for today!
  • [06:10] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 28, 2018
How to Keep Your Team Up to Date With Marketing | Ep. #849
07:10

In episode #849, we discuss how you can keep your team up to date with marketing. Tune in to hear how you can stay on top of marketing trends.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Keep Your Team Up to Date With Marketing
  • [00:45] Eric went to a conference where he listened to how one company tracks employee progress.
  • [01:38] Tweet at Eric if you would want to hear more about tracking employee progress.
  • [02:05] Once a source stops broadcasting, they are no longer a reliable source,
  • [02:22] Neil’s company does a Lunch and Learn once per week: free food and a seminar.
  • [02:45] Create Skype or Slack groups for FYI’s.
  • [03:15] The key is just to encourage constant learning.
  • [03:45] Eric’s team has a show and tell. Everyone gets 5 or 10 minutes and people vote on who is offering the best information.
  • [05:30] Consider lunch and learn events, conferences, and other in-person events.
  • [06:00] Figure out what jives with your team members and adapt the learning methods to them.
  • [06:11] That’s it for today!
  • [06:29] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 27, 2018
How to Put On A Simple Brand Building Event | Ep. #848
06:55

In episode #848, we discuss how to put on a simple brand building event. Tune in to hear what you can do to help build your brand with a live event.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Put On A Simple Brand Building Event
  • [00:35] Last year, we had a Q&A event in LA.
  • [01:15] We spent $3000 and made $2500, so we only lost $500.
  • [01:30] Start small and be ok with losing money.
  • [01:40] It’s important to have the right audience in attendance,
  • [02:25] Having the right people will give you a greater ROI.
  • [03:26] If you want to speak to the people you want to reach, think about what they would pay, what they would want out of the event, etc.
  • [03:50] Most companies generate some amount of business from networking.
  • [04:30] If it’s not high-ticket, you will lose money.
  • [05:12] If you are small, start small and have just one audience draw speaking at your event.
  • [05:53] That’s it for today!
  • [05:57] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 26, 2018
How Eric Got His Podcast Banned | Ep. #847
04:18

In episode #847, we discuss how Eric got his podcast banned. Tune in to hear what Eric did and how he fixed the situation.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Eric Got His Podcast Banned
  • [00:40] Initially, when making Growth Everywhere, there were only a few ways to promote a podcast.
  • [01:14] You would see which podcasts your desired audience was listening to and then use the same keywords from those podcasts.
  • [01:50] They started cracking down on “keyword stuffing”.
  • [02:15] His team realized that they weren’t discoverable to new listeners, so they had to change their keywords.
  • [02:36] They also had to reach out to the support.
  • [03:08] If you add keywords in the description, but not the title, you will be fine.
  • [03:18] That’s it for today!
  • [03:21] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 25, 2018
The Best SEO Tool That You Haven't Tried | Ep. #846
05:32

In episode #846, we discuss the best SEO tool you haven’t tried. Tune in to hear what tool you need to use every day!

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Best SEO Tool That You Haven't Tried
  • [00:34] Ahrefs is the best tool!
  • [00:47] There are features you probably aren’t using.
  • [00:54] The Link Intersect lets you compare three competitors’ domains to your own.
  • [01:30] When someone links to multiple sites in the same industry, they are likely to link to your site in that same industry.
  • [02:50] Eric and Neil are probably only using a few features themselves, but they try to make the most of Ahrefs.
  • [03:25] Spend time using the Link Intersect and use the data you gain from that.
  • [04:31] That’s all for today!
  • [04:42] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 24, 2018
What Should You Do When Marketing is too Expensive? | Ep. #845
05:55

In episode #845, we discuss what to do when marketing becomes too expensive. Tune in to hear what your best bets are.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What Should You Do When Marketing is too Expensive?
  • [00:36] Each year, the costs go up.
  • [00:45] The majority of companies spend the most on Google Adwords and then Facebook ads.
  • [01:05] Those channels produce good ROI.
  • [01:19] However, the best ROI comes from conversion optimization.
  • [01:46] Profitwell is a pricing services company.
  • [02:14] Profitwell has discussed how the cost of acquiring customers continues to rise.
  • [02:36] They have found that content marketing remains effective.
  • [03:25] When leveraging CRO, it’s about improving the lifetime value of each customer.
  • [03:47] Clickfunnels will help you maximize your funnel.
  • [04:40] It’s rare that people focus on the lifetime value of their customers.
  • [04:47] That’s it for today!
  • [04:52] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 23, 2018
How to Know Every Company That Visits Your Site | Ep. #844
05:32

In episode #844, we discuss how you can figure out who is visiting your site. Tune in to hear which tools can help you figure this out and what to do with the information.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Know Every Company That Visits Your Site
  • [00:35] Lead Feeder looks at the IP addresses of those visiting your site, which pages they visited, and how long they stayed.
  • [00:56] They will often provide a dashboard that shows the contacts and LinkedIn profiles of visitors to your site.
  • [01:32] Making sure you are GDPR compliant is important, so talk to a lawyer.
  • [01:50] If your goal is to go after the Microsoft’s of the world, reaching out to top execs is extremely difficult.
  • [02:10] It’s much easier to approach top level execs at mid-sized companies.
  • [03:05] Response rates are much higher at smaller companies.
  • [03:15] Make sure you include the use of chat tools like Drift or Intercom.
  • [03:30] Clearbit is also a great email tool.
  • [03:58] Listen to the Growth Everywhere Drift episode with the VP of Marketing.
  • [04:38] That’s it for today!
  • [04:41] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 22, 2018
How Content Marketing Will Change in 2019 | Ep. #843
05:13

In episode #843, we discuss how content marketing will change in the coming year. Tune in to hear how you can get ahead of the trends.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Content Marketing Will Change in 2019
  • [00:50] We are more conscious of doing omni-channel marketing.
  • [01:40] Content is most likely old and regurgitated, which affects rankings.
  • [02:23] Content marketing is played out.
  • [02:45] You have to produce new, cutting edge content or it won’t rank well.
  • [03:44] Build good will with live events.
  • [04:01] It is so important to build actual relationships with people in order to succeed.
  • [04:10] That’s it for today!
  • [04:15] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 21, 2018
7 Growth Hacks That Will Help You Drive More Sales  | Ep. #842
06:57

In episode #842, we discuss 7 growth hacks that will help you to drive more sales. Tune in to hear how you can increase your sales rates.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Growth Hacks That Will Help You Drive More Sales
  • [00:33] 1: Full Contact.
  • [00:45] At networking events, people still trade business cards. Full Contact takes the information off scanned business cards and helps you organize it.
  • [00:58] It works in conjunction with Zapier.
  • [01:22] It reduces time spent on data entry.
  • [01:28] 2: Gong.
  • [01:44] Gong will help you determine how a pitch went.
  • [02:05] You can use the data to help optimize conversion rates.
  • [02:54] 4: Schedule Once.
  • [03:10] This will help you schedule Sales Rep calls and target the correct leads.
  • [03:41] 5: Reducing Friction.
  • [04:05] The cost per acquisition for a webinar lead was around $12, which is pretty high. It recently dropped to $4.
  • [04:20] 6: Integrate with Twilio.
  • [04:40] You can send text reminders for scheduled sales calls.
  • [05:05] 7: Front.
  • [05:15] Once you have people opt in to emails or messages, you integrate Front with Twilio and send text messages and share those conversations with others on your team.
  • [06:02] That’s it for today!
  • [06:10] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

 

Nov 20, 2018
How SEO Will Change in 2019 | Ep. #841
06:05

In episode #841, we discuss how SEO is going to change in 2019. Tune in to hear what is on the horizon for Internet marketing.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How SEO Will Change in 2019
  • [00:44] The change is going to regard branding.
  • [01:05] Over the last few years, the more links you build, the higher your rankings.
  • [01:25] Links are still powerful, but brands rank and retain their rank long term.
  • [02:22] If you build a brand, you are virtually indestructible.
  • [03:05] To build a brand, you need to engage in many different marketing aspects: SEO, social, content marketing, etc.
  • [03:25] You used to be able to build a brand through a single channel, but now you need to leverage every channel you can.
  • [03:45] SEO alone doesn’t work as well as it used to.
  • [04:15] Eric got a lead that came in through a YouTube video posted on Facebook.
  • [04:45] Be patient: you won’t see much action in the first 3-6 months of building your brand.
  • [05:08] That’s it for today!
  • [05:22] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 



Nov 19, 2018
Have No Audience? Do This | Ep. #840
08:43

In episode #840, we discuss what you should do to build an audience. Tune in to hear how you can build a following.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Have No Audience? Do This
  • [00:45] Try going live.
  • [01:21] Drive traffic to a live video and try to build good will.
  • [01:45] You can promote a live stream to your email lists or other social lists.
  • [02:01] Social networks push live content.
  • [02:20] If you’re going to do live content, use YouTube, Facebook, Instagram, and Periscope.
  • [02:52] Live content boosts your engagement numbers.
  • [03:45] Retarget the top 5-10% of people that watch your live video.
  • [04:50] Brendon Burchard recorded a livestream of an online course.
  • [05:15] Afterwards, that video can become a reusable asset.
  • [05:30] You can talk about other people’s products and services if it will benefit your audience and help you build your number of followers.
  • [06:05] A lot of money doesn’t need to be spent creating live streams.
  • [06:27] Wirecast allows you to simulcast live streams.
  • [06:55] Neil is going to stop speaking at conferences and only do live streams.
  • [07:25] That’s it for today!
  • [07:40] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Nov 18, 2018
Here's The Secret Instagram Weapon No One Is Talking About | Ep. #839
07:47

In episode #839, we discuss the secret Instagram weapon no one is talking about. Tune in to hear about this new method of Instagram marketing you need to implement.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Here's The Secret Instagram Weapon No One Is Talking About
  • [00:48] Direct Heroes is a chatbot for Instagram.
  • [01:00] It works through DM’s.
  • [01:25] If you are a brand, you can ask people to DM you and from there, you can set up automatic responses.
  • [02:08] On social platforms, the best way to drive conversions is to engage your followers.
  • [03:05] Drift has written great content on conversational marketing.
  • [03:25] 2% of Eric’s leads are from conversational marketing.
  • [04:22] It’s important to use the chatbots to drive people to other content, an email list, or some other aspect of your marketing funnel.
  • [05:25] Our tickets are too expensive, so manning chats wasn’t worth our time.
  • [06:08] One of Eric’s friend runs a company called LTV Plus. They are chat agents that man your bots.
  • [06:46] That’s it for today!
  • [06:57] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:



Nov 17, 2018
How To Make Your SEO 10x More Effective  | Ep. #838
08:12

In episode #838, we discuss ways to make your SEO 10x more effective. Tune in to hear the one thing you may not be doing.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How To Make Your SEO 10x More Effective
  • [00:48] Conversion rate optimization is the thing to do.
  • [01:35] It’s the one thing in marketing that, while unpopular, is the most effective.
  • [02:40] Conversion XL is a great blog for ideas and inspiration.
  • [02:46] Conversion-Rate-Experts is another great resource.
  • [02:57] Quicksprout is a third resource to check out.
  • [03:08] If you are looking for a paid solution, look at Visual Website Optimizer.
  • [04:00] Quantitative data will be helpful in determining where you lose people.
  • [04:20] Using SurveyMonkey, you can get feedback you wouldn’t get from data.
  • [05:35] You’re going to have to run a ton of tests to get statistical significance.
  • [06:15] If you don’t have a ton of traffic and you’re in the B2B space, you may not want to optimize for sales, but rather for leads.
  • [06:46] That’s all for today!
  • [07:14] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 16, 2018
What Goes Up Must Come Down | Ep. #837
06:09

In episode #837, we discuss traffic patterns. Tune in to hear why losing traffic is normal.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What Goes Up Must Come Down
  • [00:40] The stock market is having a bad week.
  • [00:55[ The SEO market is fluctuating, as well.
  • [01:12] Eventually, everyone’s traffic goes down.
  • [02:05] There are always cycles in business.
  • [02:20] Every marketing channel changes their algorithm.
  • [03:00] Keep innovating and trying new channels. Never let your foot off the gas.
  • [04:08] Marketing is now an omni-channel industry. There isn’t just one way to do things anymore.
  • [04:33] That’s it for today!
  • [04:38] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 15, 2018
Do You Really Need to Write 1890 Word Blog Posts to Rank on Page 1? | Ep. #836
05:42

In episode #836, we discuss the appropriate length for blog posts. Tune in to hear how long your posts should be.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Do You Really Need to Write 1890 Word Blog Posts to Rank on Page 1?
  • [00:45] Brian Dean is the one who came up with this theory.
  • [01:08] Google looks at each industry separately.
  • [02:05] You don’t need long form content to succeed.
  • [02:40] There a lot of things you can do to rank.
  • [02:52] In the B2B industry, longer is better.
  • [03:03] B2C, length isn’t as important.
  • [03:54] Use SEMRush or Ahrefs to look at the top ten results in your industry.
  • [04:11] See what the trend is for length.
  • [04:32] That’s it for today!
  • [04:40] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 14, 2018
How Google Search Console Can Help You Avoid a Penalty | Ep. #835
06:44

In episode #835, we discuss how the Google Search Console can help you avoid a penalty. Tune in to hear how GSC can help you.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Google Search Console Can Help You Avoid a Penalty
  • [00:35] Most people have a drop in traffic at some point.
  • [00:50] Large drops indicate a penalty, otherwise, it’s normal.
  • [01:03] GSC tells you when you have errors; you will receive emails.
  • [01:20] Don’t wait for your traffic to drop, check which the traffic status of your pages on a monthly basis.
  • [01:45] Compare the content of top ten ranked sites with yours.
  • [02:18] Check the Search Analytics section on GSC, make sure you click CTR, Impressions, and Clicks.
  • [02:50] Then go to the “Pages” section.
  • [03:00] Look for pages with a high impression count and low click-through rate.
  • [03:15] This means you don’t have a good enough title or meta-description.
  • [03:30] Low for B2B is below 1% CTR.
  • [03:50] When optimizing title tags, click through to individual pages and click the “queries radio” button. This will show keywords and data.
  • [04:44] Check to see where you are having page speed issues, as well.
  • [04:57] Look at GSC once per week.
  • [05:10] Build that into your workflow.
  • [05:33] SEO is no longer about building links and optimizing code, it’s about optimizing the user experience.
  • [05:39] That’s it for today!
  • [05:44] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 13, 2018
How Often Should You Login to Google Analytics? | Ep. #834
05:53

In episode #834, we discuss how often you should be logging in to Google Analytics. Tune in to hear why checking every day is never a good thing.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Often Should You Login to Google Analytics?
  • [00:55] You can get addicted to checking your stats.
  • [01:26] It’s not helpful. Go be productive instead!
  • [01:50] If you check everyday, there are diminishing returns.
  • [02:35] Take the time you would have spent checking your stats and do something actionable that will generate traffic.
  • [03:15] Instead, just sign up for GA alerts.
  • [03:50] Make sure you are comparing your stats from today to yesterday or this week to last.
  • [04:20] If you have a team, put a dashboard up (mount a TV) and use Cyfe.
  • [04:50] That’s it for today!
  • [04:54] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 12, 2018
The One SEO Tool You Aren't Using But Should | Ep. #833
07:08

In episode #833, we discuss the one SEO tool you aren’t using. Tune in to hear what you should be using and how it will help your business.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The One SEO Tool You Aren't Using But Should
  • [00:35] Google Trends is the tool you aren’t using.
  • [01:00] When brand mentions go up, so does traffic.
  • [01:35] A trusted brand ranks higher.
  • [01:45] Google Trends shows how your brand is ranking over time.
  • [02:05] Google Trends is just a graph, but you can compare different businesses to your own.
  • [03:34] In the title of your blog post, include your brand name.
  • [03:45] Write amazing content.
  • [04:05] People who spend a lot on video ads have higher trend ratings.
  • [04:35] Podcasts or videos build a strong relationship with customers and strengthen your brand.
  • [04:51] Use WireCast allows you to simulcast to different live platforms all at once.
  • [05:15] Create live streams: It will increase engagement.
  • [05:45] This will also help your static content.
  • [05:52] That’s it for today!
  • [05:57] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 11, 2018
How to Expand Your SEO Campaign Globally | Ep. #832
06:36

In episode #832, we discuss how you can expand your SEO campaign. Tune in to hear how you can target international markets.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Expand Your SEO Campaign Globally
  • [00:46] Neil is now targeting various countries throughout the world via his website.
  • [01:15] Neil once travelled to an event in Brazil and it convinced him to target that market.
  • [02:08] He went after Brazil first because he bonded with the audience from the event.
  • [02:25] The second time Nail expanded to another international market, he realized you need people native to that locality.
  • [02:56] You can’t just hire translators, you need people on the ground.
  • [03:30] Neil gets 100,000 visitors per month from Germany.
  • [03:43] Brazil brings in over 230,000 visitors.
  • [04:00] When you translate your content, it will take a year to get off the ground in those markets.
  • [04:05] Don’t translate all of your content, make sure you curate it for each market.
  • [05:19] That’s all for today!
  • [05:24] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 10, 2018
How Do You Market in a Brand New Industry? | Ep. #831
05:19

In episode #831, we discuss how you can market in a brand new industry. Tune in to hear what you can do to kick things off in a new industry.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Do You Market in a Brand New Industry?
  • [01:00] Google is excellent for demand fulfillment.
  • [01:15] If a lot of people are looking for a given item, it will be easier to find and thus fulfill that demand.
  • [01:32] If it’s a new product, go to Facebook and create content in order to drive traffic and promote your business. Create demand!1
  • [01:57] Get people to blog or write articles about you.
  • [02:30] Facebook ads work extremely well.
  • [02:40] Influencers are key: maybe pay them to talk about or promote you.
  • [03:15] Hoverboards blew up because people were instagramming about them.
  • [03:30] If you have an email list, barter with a popular influencers. Try to have something to offer.
  • [04:10] That’s it for today!
  • [04:15] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 09, 2018
What's The Purpose of Blogging if it Doesn't Generate Sales? | Ep. #830
08:14

In episode #830, we discuss the purpose of blogging. Tune in to hear why you should keep blogging.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What's The Purpose of Blogging if it Doesn't Generate Sales?
  • [00:40] It took 3-4 years to generate revenue on Quicksprout.
  • [01:15] When Eric came to Singlegrain, they were getting 3000-4000 visits per month.
  • [01:20] Now, they are getting around 170,000 visits per month.
  • [01:24] It took 2 years to get the ball rolling.
  • [01:45] Most clients come from word of mouth.
  • [01:55] Blog posts won’t generate leads.
  • [02:10] When people link to your content, that will help your domain authority among other things.
  • [03:14] Neil's website gets good traffic, but it took him 2 years to get there.
  • [03:45] Once you get a good amount of traffic, you will find that there are greater opportunities for leads.
  • [04:00] Legion Athletics has done well through promoting content.
  • [04:15] Be crafty: use surveys, listservs, etc. to generate leads.
  • [04:40] Blog because you can take your blog traffic and direct it towards other pages on your site.
  • [04:50] Blogging generates indirect sales.
  • [05:25] Hubspot thinks nurturing is useless and doesn’t generate revenue.
  • [06:00] Go to Singlegrain and join the email list.
  • [06:10] The list has a super-signature.
  • [06:30] Neil has recorded a thank you video depending on to which list you subscribe.
  • [07:03] That’s it for today!
  • [07:15] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 08, 2018
7 Content Marketing Hacks You Aren't Leveraging (But Should) | Ep. #829
07:03

In episode #829, we discuss the 7 hacks you aren’t leveraging. Tune in to hear which basic hacks you are overlooking.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Content Marketing Hacks You Aren't Leveraging (But Should)
  • [00:57] 1: After you send an initial email blast, wait 3 days and then go to your email solution (ConvertKit) and resend the email to everyone who didn’t open the first one. Make sure to change the subject line.
  • [01:31] 2: Split test your titles and meta-descriptions. Try using ClickFlow.
  • [02:05] 3: Use push notifications and get people to opt-in through their browser.
  • [02:53] 4: If you want a 16% email opt-in rate, use a spinning contest widget. Try Privy.
  • [03:35] 5: Make sure you are putting your name in the title tag.
  • [04:45] 6: Remember your root domain.
  • [05:12] Leverage internal linking.
  • [05:20] 7: Use MobileMonkey to blast out your latest blog posts through Facebook Messenger.
  • [05:54] That’s all for today!
  • [06:00] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 07, 2018
How to Deal With Google's Ever Changing Algorithm | Ep. #828
07:19

In episode #828, we discuss how to deal with Google’s algorithm. Tune in to hear what you can do if your traffic slows down because of changes to the algorithm.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Deal With Google's Ever Changing Algorithm
  • [01:17] When traffic tanks, Neil likes to check Search Engine Roundtable.
  • [01:22] Also check out forums like BlackHatWorld to see what the chatter is.
  • [01:40] Unless you see huge tanks, there is not much you can do.
  • [01:52] The most important thing you can do is diversity your traffic.
  • [02:10] This will put you ahead of the game, instead of dealing with problems after your traffic tanks.
  • [02:40] When Gmail released the “Promotions” tab, Facebook saw a dip in traffic, because their emails were getting sorted out of the inbox.
  • [03:25] CYA and diversify right out of the gate.
  • [03:45] Even when things are going well, it can’t last forever.
  • [04:18] The people who typically get hit by changing algorithms are people who don’t focus on SEO.
  • [04:37] Every year, you should be updating your content.
  • [05:30] Look at data from different sources to determine if action is necessary.
  • [05:42] Overall, having an omni-channel approach is key.
  • [06:00] Don’t just assume you’ve been penalized when your traffic slows.
  • [06:11] That’s all for today!
  • [06:17] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 06, 2018
How Developers Drive More Traffic Than Marketers | Ep. #827
05:36

In episode #827, we discuss how developers drive more traffic. Tune in to hear what they can do that marketers cannot.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Developers Drive More Traffic Than Marketers
  • [00:40] Dropbox and Facebook didn’t grow through paid ads, but through leveraging developers.
  • [01:10] The tactics people have used in the past won’t work now.
  • [01:20] A new tactic is to create tools.
  • [01:32] If you give away a free tool, traffic will increase.
  • [01:53] Tools have a cheaper cost per acquisition.
  • [02:20] It’s called product-led growth.
  • [02:21] Hubspot used to charge for their CRM, but they now have their own chat tool and website grader that they offer for free.
  • [03:00] They lock people out from certain features, which is a great tactic.
  • [03:20] Get creative. Use design and development as well.
  • [03:58] Check out ProfitWell.
  • [04:10] They will show you what the cost per customer is or should be.
  • [04:33] That’s all for today!
  • [04:38] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 05, 2018
How Much Is Your Business Worth (And How Do You Sell It)? | Ep. #826
06:53

In episode #826, we discuss if you should sell your business and how. Tune in to hear what you should consider before selling your business and what steps to take in order to do so.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Much Is Your Business Worth (And How Do You Sell It)?
  • [00:40] There are a couple of websites that can help you with valuation.
  • [00:48] Digital Exits has different calculators to use.
  • [01:07] FEInternational publishes a lot of different content.
  • [01:25] If you want to sell your site, but aren’t sure what it’s worth, check out Empire Flippers or Flippa.
  • [01:30] These sites will also tell you how much similar sites are worth.
  • [02:01] BizBuySell is another great resource.
  • [02:12] These sites have a lot of inventory you can check out.
  • [02:30] If you have a business that’s worth any sort of money, keep in mind that there is a recession on the horizon.
  • [02:55] Ask yourself if you want to sell at the peak and then buy back at a low point.
  • [03:21] Adventures is a resource Eric recommends.
  • [03:53] Ask yourself if you love your business. If you don’t see long-term potential, go find something you love instead.
  • [04:33] Research website brokers to find the right one.
  • [04:44] You can also find someone to run your business for you as an alternative.
  • [05:00] That’s it for today!
  • [05:10] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 04, 2018
Should You Sell Ads on Your Site? | Ep. #825
05:16

In episode #825, we discuss whether you should sell ads on your site. Tune in to hear why this may or may not work for you.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Should You Sell Ads on Your Site?
  • [00:50] If you are selling ads on your site, people are leveraging your site and making more money than you are.
  • [01:30] Neil used to think ads were useless.
  • [01:42] However, his friend who runs Astrology Answers monetizes by selling astrology-related items and ads were great additional revenue.
  • [02:21] It’s important to test this out.
  • [02:35] Neil doesn’t monetize in India, so ads could be a way to generate extra income without hurting his revenue stream.
  • [03:45] Test out ads to see if it will help, but don’t use it as your main source of income.
  • [04:10] That’s it for today!
  • [04:15] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 03, 2018
Why Copying Your Competition Doesn't Work Anymore | Ep. #824
07:32

In episode #824, we discuss why you shouldn’t copy your competitors. Tune in to hear how you can beat the competition without copying their tactics.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why Copying Your Competition Doesn't Work Anymore
  • [00:37] In marketing, things change constantly.
  • [01:40] What has worked for others in a given time span, won’t work in the future because it has already been done to death.
  • [02:20] Copying means you are not the visionary, you are the follower. This will leave you with an inferior product or service.
  • [03:10] Every few months, Google rolls out algorithm updates.
  • [03:30] SEO from 10 years ago won’t work today.
  • [04:15] If you look at Drift or Intercom, they didn’t copy the competition.
  • [04:41] Drift always changes how they launch new features.
  • [05:15] Product Hunt didn’t work for Neil as well as it did for Drift.
  • [05:40] Always look for new channels and make sure you’re taking an omni-channel approach.
  • [06:12] That’s it for today!
  • [06:20] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 02, 2018
How to Network with Rich People | Ep. #823
08:32

In episode #823, we discuss how you should network with rich people. Tune in to hear how you should court the wealthy.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Network with Rich People
  • [01:05] There are a lot of people that want to network with the wealthy.
  • [01:20] Typically, if you want to network, you need to figure out what they do for fun or provide some sort of value.
  • [02:25] Sometimes, networking can be indirect: you may end up connecting with a friend of the wealthy person you are trying to snag.
  • [03:40] We’re speaking in generalities, but obviously, the advice works.
  • [04:00] Don’t act like a fanboy, treat rich people like regular people, because they are regular people.
  • [05:00] Neil doesn’t get fan attention, but in general if people have questions, he will answer them.
  • [05:20] Neil treats everyone the same.
  • [05:35] Once someone treats you like you’re different, it’s a turn-off.
  • [06:30] Neil had a great experience of meeting someone in an airport.
  • [06:50] The person followed up and so Neil followed up in return.
  • [07:00] That’s it for today.
  • [07:11] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Nov 01, 2018
The One Tool That'll Change Your Business | Ep. #822
07:42

In episode #822, we discuss the one tool that will change your business. Tune in to hear what this new, revolutionary tool is and what it does.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The One Tool That'll Change Your Business
  • [00:40] The sales tool is technically for anyone with a team that runs sales or presentations.
  • [00:55]  The tool is called “Gong”.
  • [01:10] Our mutual friend, Mike, told another friend who told Neil.
  • [01:25] Eric heard about it a similar way.
  • [01:43] Gong is a sales coaching tool.
  • [02:30] It’s impossible to have your VP of Sales sit in on every call. With Gong, this person can search through every sales call and figure out where the issues are.
  • [03:07] Gong has a call recorder function that makes this possible.
  • [03:22] It helps you train your team in less than two weeks.
  • [03:35] It decreases onboarding times.
  • [04:10] The tool is not just for managers.
  • [04:16] Team members can listen to their own calls.
  • [05:30] It’s all about getting the team to review their own work and increase self-improvement skills.
  • [05:54] Gong pulls transcripts and points out issues.
  • [06:10] It will also show your talk time ratios.
  • [06:39] That’s it for today!
  • [06:47] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 31, 2018
What Should You Do if Paid Ads Don't Work? | Ep. #821
06:41

In episode #821, we discuss what you should do if paid ads aren’t working. Tune in to hear how you can fix this failure.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What Should You Do if Paid Ads Don't Work?
  • [00:34] People keep running ads that aren’t working. You don’t need to cut the ads, just pause them.
  • [01:01] Just because you spend money, doesn’t guarantee revenue.
  • [01:30] Back at Treehouse, Eric paused ads when he first got there.
  • [01:50] Pausing campaigns allows you to look at the data and determine what the issues are.
  • [02:30] If you are constantly spending, you won’t have time to reflect and ask the right questions.
  • [03:20] If your ads aren’t working, use SEMRush and see what your competition is bidding on.
  • [03:50] This will give you an idea about what your direction should be.
  • [04:40] In most cases, you should be retargeting.
  • [04:55] Facebook recently gave you the ability to compare your ads to competitors.
  • [05:15] If your Facebook ads stall out, change your ad and messaging.
  • [05:30] People have banner blindness.
  • [05:36] that’s all for today!
  • [05:42] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 30, 2018
How to Scale Your Link Building | Ep. #820
06:34

In episode #820, we discuss how to scale your link building. Tune in to hear what you should be doing to create linkable assets.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Scale Your Link Building
  • [00:58] The prerequisite is that you need amazing content.
  • [01:10] The first thing you want to do is use BuzzSumo and Ahrefs.
  • [01:18] Check keywords for similar content using these tools.
  • [01:43] There is another tool called PitchBox: it helps you scale your outreach when it comes to link building.
  • [02:05] They show you your targets when reaching out to people.
  • [02:16] You can also use ScrapeBox. It will scrape the entire Internet to find everyone who links to other sites and content that is related to your topic.
  • [02:40] When mass-emailing, look out for GDPR.
  • [02:53] Use Hunter to find emails for the right targets.
  • [03:06] Find people who already have popular articles about your topic and use Canva to create an infographic using this information.
  • [03:40] HubSpot’s website grader will grade your website.
  • [04:00] If you can build a linkable asset, you will get a lot of people linking to your content.
  • [04:22] You can try to buy a linkable asset.
  • [04:31] Don’t just focus on links, but also social shares.
  • [04:42] If you can find other popular blog posts about your topic, find the people who retweeted the post and hit those people up.
  • [05:10] Start a conversation about sharing your content.
  • [05:29] That’s it for today!
  • [05:34] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 29, 2018
How to Compete in a Saturated Market | Ep. #819
06:33

In episode #819, we discuss tactics for competing in a saturated market. Tune in to hear how you can get an edge over the competition.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Compete in a Saturated Market
  • [00:38] Neil recently released version 2.0 of UberSuggest.
  • [01:01] I looked at the big players in the space and found that most of the major players aren’t making a ton of money.
  • [01:19] Moz is making around 50 Million, Ahrefs is between 30-100 Million, and SEMRush is between 50-100 Million.
  • [01:39] Google does over 100 Billion in ad revenue.
  • [01:50] I found their models were all wrong, so I just released it all for free.
  • [02:30] When you’re in a saturated market and there is no clear winner, you take the best of what everyone is doing.
  • [03:00] Most people don’t use all the features from each service, so take the best ones.
  • [03:40] The main differential in Neil’s product is that it is user-friendly and free.
  • [04:15] Learn from what other people are doing.
  • [04:45] My goal is to build an all-in-one marketing suite that helps others generate traffic. I’m not trying to compete with other SEO software.
  • [05:15] Version 3.0 will allow you to put in a URL and it will tell you what the top pages, keywords, traffic, and will break it down by region.
  • [05:28] That’s it for today!
  • [05:34] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Oct 28, 2018
How Often Do You Need to Adjust Your On-Page SEO? | Ep. #818
06:41

In episode #818, Eric and Neil discuss how often you need to adjust your on-page SEO. Tune in to hear how attentive you should be regarding this matter.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Often Do You Need to Adjust Your On-Page SEO?
  • [00:40] Neil hasn’t updated in over a year.
  • [01:00] You should probably adjust once per quarter.
  • [01:15] Eric and Neil are too controlling, which means they didn’t make the time to get to it, because they are determined to do it themselves.
  • [01:50] Neil optimized his own website.
  • [02:00] He doesn’t typically set dates to optimize his SEO, he does it as he gets Search Console errors.
  • [2:35] If your on-page SEO is solid, you don’t need to change it, but you should run tests.
  • [03:12] Optimize your title tags using Clickflow.
  • [03:30] When you do it manually, you don’t get reminders.
  • [03:55] Most people don’t look at their on-page SEO until they get slapped by a Google update or their traffic drops off.
  • [04:08] The messiest sites have the worst on-page SEO.
  • [05:21] Check out the product Neil prefers to the WP Engine.
  • [05:37] That’s all for today!
  • [05:41] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Oct 27, 2018
How to Scale Your Content Marketing | Ep. #817
05:50

In episode #818, we discuss steps to scaling your content marketing. Tune in to hear each step you need to take to make sure your content ranks.

We have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Scale Your Content Marketing
  • [00:48] Step 1: Find an editor who can manage writers and come up with good topics. Check out ProBlogger.
  • [01:18] Step 2: Go out and hire writers. The editor may be able to help with this.
  • [01:36] Always hire the editor first.
  • [01:48] Step 3: Have the writers submit topic ideas.
  • [02:15] Remember the Content Reusage Framework.
  • [02:30] Step 4: Hire someone who helps with promoting.
  • [02:48] Step 5: Come up with rubrics for content guidelines and promotion.
  • [03:02] Once you have a system or guideline, there will be a consistent voice, tone, and format for your blog.
  • [03:30] Once again, reference the Content Reusage Framework to repurpose your work.
  • [04:03] Step 6: Have a content calendar.
  • [04:15] Once the content is out, you promote it. All of this should be in the calendar.
  • [04:52] That’s it for today!
  • [04:56] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help us meet our goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 26, 2018
How to Build a 6 Figure Software Business in 10 Months | Ep. #816
12:29

In episode #816, Eric and Neil discuss how to build a 6 figure software business in under a year. Tune in to hear the secrets to their successes.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Build a 6 Figure Software Business in 10 Months
  • [00:36] Eric has created a software company called ClickFlow. Clickflow takes Google Search Console data and will then tell you how many people are clicking on your title.
  • [01:05] Clickflow helps you A/B test your title tag in order to get the max amount of clicks.
  • [01:20] Clickflow is a subscription service that charges monthly or annually.
  • [01:27] They are now making six figures in less than ten months.
  • [2:00] Eric didn’t have a built-in audience to leverage. He achieved his goals with hard work.
  • [02:20] He did a lot of cold outreach.
  • [02:30] He emailed people with the subject line, “Feedback”.
  • [02:45] He targeted websites he thought would be a good fit and had good rankings.
  • [03:02] People actually responded and bought the software off the cold email outreach.
  • [03:50] He did hit a small segment of his email list (300 or so) and sent a couple lines in an email and managed to pre-sell $10,000 for the tool.
  • [04:20] He used that money to help build the tool.
  • [05:15] Eric met one of the Co-Founders of ClickFunnels.
  • [05:31] Russell Brunson and Grant Cardone’s TedX talk serves as a webinar.
  • [05:47] They also offered software and courses for free or little money.
  • [06:00] Bundling the offer makes everything more valuable.
  • [06:10] Eric bundled his software and some courses and this allowed the company to make some cash up front.
  • [06:50] It’s all about targeting the right audience.
  • [07:04] Clickflow has a lower-level price to start.
  • [07:20] The majority of their revenue comes from the larger accounts. The smaller accounts churn, because they don’t get that much value from the software.
  • [07:50] Large companies like doing annual plans.
  • [08:15] Eric landed some large companies through cold outreach.
  • [08:22] They use a tool called Outreach, which automates your outreach.
  • [09:05] If you use Datanyze, you put in search parameters.
  • [09:25] LinkedHelper or Hunter will help you scrape private email addresses from LinkedIn.
  • [09:55] Load the emails into Outreach and set up an email sequence.
  • [10:50] You don’t need a built-in audience, you just need to do outreach.
  • [11:20] That’s all for today!
  • [11:37] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 25, 2018
My Failed Attempt at Content Marketing | Ep. #815
07:17

In episode #815, Eric and Neil discuss their failed attempts at content marketing. Tune in to learn from their mistakes.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: My Failed Attempt at Content Marketing
  • [00:40] Whenever a new game comes out, there are marketers who jump at the chance to write guides for the hottest releases.
  • [00:57] Eric was one of those people and when Portal 2 came out, he made a website that served as a guide for the game.
  • [01:05] He then decided he was going to write crappy articles and then get a bunch of links from black hat websites.
  • [01:27] His traffic spiked, but then after a week, Google caught on to him and his site and traffic ceased.
  • [01:44] Neil’s worst attempt at content marketing was creating a form called, “Traffic and Conversion”.
  • [01:58] He got hit by a webmaster notification tool that said his content was spammy.
  • [02:04] He realized a lot of people were spamming his form, so he cleaned it up.
  • [02:11] The lesson he learned was that user-generated content doesn’t rank as well as original, curated material.
  • [03:19] It takes time to build a following and a lot of it comes down to promotion.
  • [03:31] Content and links are the most important factors of SEO.
  • [03:45] You have to figure out how to promote your site, product, content. Etc.
  • [03:57] Promotion always matters.
  • [04:00] Another of Neil’s failed attempts was with a site “Online Poker Lowdown”.
  • [04:05] He ranked on page one for the term “online poker”, but it dropped because there was very little useful information.
  • [05:00] Quality matters!
  • [05:06] If your content sucks, you will lose your ranking.
  • [05:45] Instead of hustling, create content about topics you like.
  • [06:19] That’s it for today!
  • [06:24] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 24, 2018
Ugly Is the New Sexy: What You Can Learn From Southwest Airlines | Ep. #814
07:53

In episode #814, Eric and Neil discuss what you could learn from Southwest Airlines. Tune in to hear which tactics you should rip from this company.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Ugly Is the New Sexy: What You Can Learn From Southwest Airlines
  • [00:50] Titles are key, which is why they titled this episode as such.
  • [01:04] Neil tries to avoid Southwest, because he finds they are always delayed.
  • [01:40] Eric’s last Southwest flight was delayed and problematic.
  • [02:10] When Southwest first launched, they focused on serving three cities in Texas.
  • [02:27] It took Southwest three years to get rolling and gain more customers. The first flights were sparsely populated.
  • [02:44] The lesson here is to niche down at first.
  • [02:54] Southwest has a hub and spoke model of business.
  • [03:20] The airline does a lot of layovers, which allows them to ensure fuller flights and better prices.
  • [04:15] You can either be efficient or offer exceptional service, but you can’t have both.
  • [05:05] Southwest is not the best priced airline, but they have a “cool atmosphere” and free alcoholic beverages.
  • [05:45] Optimize for efficiency, but allow for mistakes/refunds.
  • [06:15] Think of your business as a funnel and check for leaks.
  • [06:42] That’s it for today!
  • [06:48] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 23, 2018
Conferences Will Lose You Money Unless You Do This | Ep. #813
06:03

In episode #813, Eric and Neil discuss conferences and their value for small businesses. Tune in to hear how you could actually lose money attending unless you heed their advice.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Conferences Will Lose You Money Unless You Do This
  • [00:35] Most people attend the wrong conferences.
  • [00:55] There are conferences where people are paying $20,000 to attend.
  • [01:10] Even if you get paid to speak, doesn’t mean you're going to generate an ROI.
  • [01:14] The audience may not be the right fit for your company.
  • [01:54] If you’re at a conference with lower-level people, they might not be able to close deals with you, as they aren’t decision makers.
  • [02:30] If you are an introvert, you have to bring the party to you: throw a dinner and interact with a smaller group of people.
  • [02:51] This is a good way to control some of the outcome.
  • [03:30] Focus on the smaller events, as it’s much easier to close a deal.
  • [03:46] Get cards, get info, and follow up.
  • [04:33] Don’t be tacky, throw the dinner just to meet people and make connections. Don’t go for the hard sell.
  • [04:54] That’s it for today!
  • [04:59] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 22, 2018
How We Grew Marketing School to Over 750,000 Monthly Listeners | Ep. #812
08:47

In episode #812, Eric and Neil discuss how to grow your podcast. Tune in to hear what you need to do to make your podcast a success.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] How We Grew Marketing School to Over 750,000 Monthly Listeners
  • [01:10] They promoted the podcast through email blasts.
  • [01:26] They begged others to promote through their lists, but you can pay people to promote through their email lists.
  • [02:03] The content tilt was that their podcast is about two guys who love marketing.
  • [02:25] They haven’t missed a show for two years.
  • [02:40] Consider what your spin is, in order to set yourself apart.
  • [02:54] Eric and Neil are picky about their titles.
  • [03:05] They love to create clickbait-y titles.
  • [03:15] Appealing titles help you.
  • [03:35] They check out other ideas through BuzzSumo to see what is popular.
  • [03:45] They also see what is popular on YouTube.
  • [04:18] Before they even record, they start with the title.
  • [05:22] They look at their Libsyn stats. This will show you which episodes do well.
  • [05:51] Based on this, they know which topics to use in the future.
  • [06:05] Apple Analytics is still in beta, but it’s starting to kick out info about podcast performance.
  • [06:30] The live event is a great offer to get more listeners.
  • [06:57] iTunes lists the last 300 episodes. It’s valuable to post as many as you can.
  • [07:32] If you are interested in corporate training, tweet at Eric.
  • [07:44] That’s all for today!
  • [07:51] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 21, 2018
Amazon Sellers May Go Out of Business If They Don't Do This | Ep. #810
07:22

In episode #810, Eric and Neil discuss the pitfalls of being an Amazon seller. Tune in to hear how you can avoid losing your shirt.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Amazon Sellers May Go Out of Business If They Don't Do This
  • [00:45] Eric went to an Ecommerce conference and Amazon was the talk of the conference.
  • [01:00] When it comes to Amazon, there is a lot of “short-termism”.
  • [01:20] When you work on Amazon, you do not control the customers.
  • [01:45] Marketing has now moved to being an omni-channel approach.
  • [02:20] Amazon is growing, but as it grows, there will be more and more competition.
  • [02:35] Because of this, you need to diversify.
  • [04:20] As an Amazon seller, you will find that shady marketers will screw up your revenue.
  • [04:45] Amazon sellers’ revenue can go to $0, because other sellers can flag you and get you banned (for no real reason).
  • [05:15] If you have your own website, you won’t have to rely on Amazon as your only channel.
  • [06:09] That’s it for today!
  • [06:12] If you are interested in corporate training, tweet at Eric.
  • [06:25] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 20, 2018
7 Ecommerce Marketing Tools That'll Skyrocket Your Growth  | Ep. #811
06:52

In episode #811, Eric and Neil discuss 7 marketing tools that will skyrocket your growth. Tune in to hear which tools you should be using.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] 7 Ecommerce Marketing Tools That'll Skyrocket Your Growth
  • [00:41] 1: HelloBar helps you collect emails and emails help you build and control your audience.
  • [01:01] 2: Cart Abandonment Software (ReJoin, etc.) are helpful.
  • [01:25] This will help you increase your sales by 10%.
  • [01:43] 3: Skubana is inventory management software.
  • [02:18] They have a “god mode” that allows you to use one system to track everything and they won’t take a percentage of your revenue.
  • [02:40] 4: Izooto will help you track people who visited your site, but didn’t make a purchase.
  • [03:15] It’s a great way to increase conversions through directed push notifications.
  • [03:35] 5: Jungle Scout helps you find products that are on the uptick. It tracks sales numbers.
  • [04:15] 6: Bounce Exchange is very expensive, but it’s the most complex service for ecommerce.
  • [04:30] It helps track shopping carts from device to device.
  • [05:04] 7: Intercom is a chat bot and can integrate with other apps, like Stripe.
  • [05:24] They have chat agents available 24/7.
  • [05:36] Bonus: LandBot is a great landing page tool.
  • [05:45] It’s another chat bot.
  • [05:49] That’s all for today!
  • [05:53] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 19, 2018
Are All Links Created Equal? | Ep. #809
06:30

In episode #809, Eric and Neil discuss whether all links are created equal. Tune in to see if you are linking to the right sources.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Are All Links Created Equal?
  • [00:50] Think about it from an algorithmic perspective. Would you treat every link the same?
  • [01:05] No, because not all links are equal.
  • [01:30] People used to think you needed the highest domain authority links out there, but that is a Moz metric, not a Google metric. Google doesn’t consider domain authority.
  • [02:00] Instead of going for domain authority, go for the most relevant link.
  • [02:30] Getting contextual links these days is the most effective method.
  • [03:15] Don’t just link to one website. There will be diminishing returns.
  • [03:33] You also want the link to be rich in anchor text.
  • [04:25] Neil spends more money on this than most people, which he admits is a way to cheat.
  • [04:40] Think logically: if it makes sense, if you link to different sources, you will rank higher.
  • [05:02] Build relationships with different sources.
  • [05:20] That’s it for today!
  • [05:24] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

 

Oct 18, 2018
My Failed Attempt at SEO | Ep. #808
07:42

In episode #808, Eric and Neil discuss their early failures. Tune in to hear what not to do if you want long-term success.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: My Failed Attempt at SEO
  • [00:38] When Eric started doing SEO, he wanted to white and black hat stuff.
  • [00:55] He made a website called Lightshow Videos.
  • [01:10] WIthin a month or so, he was ranked #1 for lightshow videos.
  • [01:20] However, it doesn’t matter where you rank if you don’t get any volume.
  • [01:40] Neil’s first site was a job board.
  • [01:47] He realized the sites that had the most amount of traffic, had the most pages.
  • [02:00] He scraped Google and looked for the most popular pages, then recreated those on his site.
  • [02:05] He then started getting thousands of visitors per month.
  • [02:14] Once he added Ad Sense, Google then became wise to his scheme and his traffic slowed down.
  • [03:00] Eric once made a website about getting rid of pimples.
  • [03:15] He hired writers off of Text Brokers and had them write 300-500 word articles.
  • [03:30] Traffic slowly increased, but then remained stagnant.
  • [03:50] Eric learned that you get what you pay for: quality matters!
  • [04:22] Don’t get too greedy with link building.
  • [04:31] Neil acquired a site called “Battlefield Bypass”, which was a park that was once the site of a Civil War battle. The site had a bunch of government backlinks.
  • [04:41] Then he moved on to online casinos.
  • [05:00] Neil would dominate rankings by backlinking to popular sites.
  • [05:30] He was getting results, but it would only last for a couple of months.
  • [05:55] The point is: Aim for long-term success.
  • [06:09] That’s all for today!
  • [06:18] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 17, 2018
The Best Alternative to Facebook Ads (Hint: It's Not Google) | Ep. #807
09:31

In episode #807, Eric and Neil discuss the best alternative to Facebook Ads. Tune in to hear what you should be doing to grow your business.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Best Alternative to Facebook Ads (Hint: It's Not Google)
  • [00:45] The best alternative is Growth Hacking.
  • [01:07] Amazon’s version of growth was undercutting everyone on prices.
  • [01:20] Zappos version of growth was giving free fast shipping.
  • [01:33] You have to get creative and figure out what others in your industry aren’t doing yet.
  • [01:40] Eric and Neil know someone who does $150 Million in business a year.
  • [01:55] His businesses come from channel partnerships or affiliate marketing.
  • [03:17] If you are just starting out, focus on channel partnerships and affiliate marketing.
  • [04:28] Neil uses push notifications to get more traffic to his website.
  • [04:45] It’s a simple way to get more repeat visitors.
  • [05:10] If you go to Single Grain or Marketing School, they have chat bots set up that are intended to start a conversation and send people to the correct funnel.
  • [05:40] Leverage what you have already.
  • [06:04] Neil considers free tools a marketing play.
  • [06:18] He gets over 5000 brand queries per day just because of his free tools.
  • [06:35] That’s it for today!
  • [06:45] Eric and Neil are trying to get 1 Million downloads. When they do, they are going to throw a live event. Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!
  • [08:00] This live event is the ultimate growth hack.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Oct 16, 2018
Should You Really Start a Podcast? | Ep. #806
06:28

In episode #806, Eric and Neil discuss whether you should start podcasting. Tune in to hear if you are the right kind of person for a podcast.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Should You Really Start a Podcast?
  • [01:05] Podcasts often have listeners with high rates of income.
  • [01:20] Do most people have time to create podcasts?
  • [01:35] It is not realistic for most people to create a podcast.
  • [01:45] Figure out your personality: if you love video, do that. If you prefer writing, write blogs. If you are a great speaker, podcast!
  • [02:30] The biggest factor for success is hiring out/offloading the work.
  • [03:15] Neil loves blogging and is good at it. It comes more naturally to him.
  • [03:35] Eric prefers podcasting.
  • [04:05] You’re not going to like the quality of the podcast early on, but if you keep it up, you will improve.
  • [04:30] Make sure you have expertise in the field about which you are speaking.
  • [05:02] The average podcast gets 191 downloads per month.
  • [05:10] It takes times to build an audience.
  • [05;27] Record in batches, don’t just do one per day.
  • [05:30] That’s it for today!
  • [05:34] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 15, 2018
A Step-by-Step Guide to Writing a Earth Shattering Blog Post | Ep. #805
08:34

In episode #805, Eric and Neil break down a step-by-step guide to writing earth-shattering blog posts. Tune in to hear what steps you should take to up your click-through rate.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: A Step-by-Step Guide to Writing a Earth Shattering Blog Post
  • [00:36] Earth shattering is something you want to link to, share, or tell your mom about.
  • [01:00] Step 1: Format your blog post as Intro, Body, Conclusion.
  • [01:20] End your blog post with a question to get more comments and engagement.
  • [01:36] Step 2: Bucket Brigades.
  • [02:20] Step 3: Every single claim needs to have cited sources.
  • [02:48] Step 4: Use images and videos.
  • [03:20] Optin Monster created a plug-in called YouTube Subscribe.
  • [03:36] This helps you embed the video.
  • [03:49] Amazon Polly will also help you from an SEO perspective.
  • [04:05] Step 5: Make sure your headline will knock people’s socks off. Keep it short. Seven words is a nice length, on average.
  • [04:40] It shouldn’t be too long, but also needs to be descriptive.
  • [04:50] Get ideas from BuzzSumo.
  • [05:25] Having compelling arguments will set you apart,
  • [05:40] Step 6: Have someone proofread your content.
  • [05:55] Step 7: Promote your work!
  • [06:07] Find people that have mentioned or linked to similar content using BuzzSumo.
  • [06:25] Reach out and build a relationship, so you can share links to each other’s works.
  • [07:41] That’s it for today!
  • [07:45] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 14, 2018
What Should You Do When You Are Not Hitting Your Numbers | Ep. #804
07:07

In episode #804, Eric and Neil discuss what you should do when you are not hitting your numbers. Tune in to hear why experiments are necessary for marketing.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What Should You Do When You Are Not Hitting Your Numbers
  • [00:35] Back when Eric was at Treehouse, he was only one month into the job and the revenue was flat.
  • [01:00] The CEO pulled him aside and said they would let him go if he didn’t improve the numbers.
  • [01:09] Eric paused their ad spend and audited everything they were doing marketing-wise.
  • [01:30] He saw some trends and bet everything on YouTube advertising.
  • [02:00] If you are not hitting your numbers, your system isn’t working.
  • [02:20] It’s important to perform drastic experiments.
  • [03:10] Run traction meetings.
  • [03:22] Within the meetings, always have an experimentation section for the content team.
  • [04:30] The traction ICE model helps you break things down.
  • [05:00] Neil rolled out a webinar the other day and changed up the lead-flow. The sales team went crazy.
  • [05:55] Changing it up is timeless wisdom!
  • [05:56] That’s it for today!
  • [06:00] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. Hopefully, we’ll see you at the live event in L.A.!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Oct 13, 2018
How to Nail Your Social Media Marketing | Ep. #803
05:30

In episode #803, Eric and Neil discuss how to nail your social media marketing. Tune in to hear why engagement is the key to your success.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Nail Your Social Media Marketing
  • [00:37] Everyone thinks you need to do so much.
  • [00:50] Social media is about the community: if you don’t take time to build relationships, you won’t do well on social media.
  • [01:00] Hubspot sucks at Facebook, because they are not taking the time to reply to comments and really engage followers and friends.
  • [01:35] If you have 100,000 followers, but very few engage, Facebook won’t show others your content.
  • [01:56] If you have a lot of engagement (sharing, etc.) Facebook rewards you with boosting your content.
  • [02:25] Neil has a Facebook group with thousands of members and they are all engaged.
  • [03:16] At first, the Marketing School group wasn’t getting much engagement.
  • [04:00] It’s important to create and then nurture your connections.
  • [04:18] That’s it for today!
  • [04:22] Eric and Neil are trying to throw a live event. Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 12, 2018
The #1 Thing You Need to Do to Grow Any Business Successfully | Ep. #802
08:50

In episode #802, Eric and Neil discuss the #1 thing you need to grow a business successfully. Tune in to hear what you absolutely must do to be a success.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The #1 Thing You Need to Do to Grow Any Business Successfully
  • [00:35] The #1 thing is not a marketing tactic, it’s people.
  • [00:50] Without a great team, you are not going to grow your business.
  • [01:37] CEO’s have three responsibilities: Keeping money in the bank, driving the vision, and recruiting.
  • [01:47] The Dropbox CEO recently talked about how recruiting is always top of mind for him.
  • [02:16] Bill Gates said the first 20 people at Microsoft built the company.
  • [03:03] If an employee isn’t a cultural fit, they aren’t going to stick around.
  • [03:15] Only hire people who are smarter than you and from whom you can learn.
  • [03:25] Make sure you really interview each applicant and talk to their references. Figure out if they are truly a good fit.
  • [03:47] Always test people out.
  • [03:56] Make sure multiple people on your team interview each person.
  • [04:11] Make sure they lay out a plan of action for their first few weeks or months at the company.
  • [05:05] Do indirect reference checks (basically, be a detective).
  • [05:30] Sometimes, Eric has gotten glowing reviews and other times, he has gotten more realistic information.
  • [06:15] You have to have each person ask different types of questions in the interviews.
  • [06:32] The CEO of Drift secretly tests people in interviews: he gives each candidate a cup of water and sees if they throw it away at the end of the interview.
  • [06:35] Eric also does this and doesn’t hire anyone who doesn’t clean up after themselves.
  • [07:18] If you can get people who can do the work, but won’t be a long-term fit, you are rolling the dice on mercenaries.
  • [07:48] That’s it for today!
  • [07:54] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 11, 2018
The SEO Playbook: The First 7 Steps You Have to Take | Ep. #801
08:55

In episode #801, Eric and Neil discuss the 7 steps you have to take when creating a site from scratch. Tune in to hear the 7 most important steps in the SEO playbook.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The SEO Playbook: The First 7 Steps You Have to Take
  • [01:08] #1: Keyword research.
  • [01:20] Use UberSuggest or another keyword research tool and look for the keyword with the most traffic, least competition, and the highest CPC.
  • [01:40] This will give you an idea of the keywords that will drive traffic.
  • [01:57] Keywords with a high CPC leads to higher revenue for you.
  • [02:43] #2: Write skyscraper content.
  • [02:56] If you look at Wikipedia, they rank high because their content keeps getting longer and longer.
  • [03:35] #3: Share the content.
  • [03:45] Go to BuzzSumo, see who shared similar content, then hit them up and ask them to share your content.
  • [04:35] #4: Repurpose your content.
  • [05:00] Reference the content reusage framework: spin your content off onto different mediums.
  • [05:28]  #5: Start doing on-page SEO.
  • [05:36] Use the Yoast SEO plug-in, optimize your title tags, optimize your meta-descriptions, link the right keywords.
  • [06:02: #6: Leverage the process you have created.
  • [06:34] Go to ProBlogger and hire people to create your content.
  • [07:04] #7: Expand internationally.
  • [07:12] Translate your content, adjust it to the local market, and make sure you note what region you are targeting through Ahrefs.
  • [07:37] That’s all for today!
  • [07:44] Tweet at Eric and let them know if you enjoyed this format.
  • [07:52] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Oct 10, 2018
The Best Way to Compensate Marketers | Ep. #800
06:02

In episode #800, Eric and Neil discuss the best way to compensate marketers. Tune in to hear how you should be paying your marketing team.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Best Way to Compensate Marketers
  • [00:32] Before they started recording, Eric and Neil were discussing how the writers at Agora Financial do Billions in business.
  • [01:07] On a podcast, they heard, a man was offered a job at Agora. The company offered to pay his rent for the first 6 months on the job, but the salary was small.
  • [01:27] However, he was offered a dollar for every lead he was able to generate, as well as 1% of every sale that resulted from his leads.
  • [01:47] In general, the best marketers are compensated in relation to their performance.
  • [02:35] Once your business is established and you have built up a steady revenue stream, you may be able to get employees to take a small base plus performance incentives.
  • [03:12] Everything is driven by incentives.
  • [03:41] One of Eric’s friends recommends this: get the company to front $10,000 in ad spend for one month and you don’t pay the agency anything. If it works out, then you take on all the risk and grow from there.
  • [04:38] Agora has their numbers down (they know what each customer is worth, etc.). If you are a new company, you may not have this information locked down and you may not be able to pay based on performance.
  • [05:00] That’s it for today!
  • [05:04] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 09, 2018
What Should You Expect From SEO In The First 30 Days | Ep. #799
06:42

In episode #799, Eric and Neil discuss expectations for SEO within the first 30 days. Tune in to hear where your site should be after 30 days.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What Should You Expect From SEO In The First 30 Days
  • [00:35] If you are doing it yourself and you’re changing things every day, you should see an uptick in impressions.
  • [01:08] If you are using an agency, in the first 30 days, there will be a lot of planning and brainstorming.
  • [01:22] Within 90 days, you will see a change in impressions.
  • [01:40] Eric has a cool webinar about his product “Clickflow”.
  • [02:24] A lot of established companies suck at SEO.
  • [03:12] When Eric started with SEO, he had a site called “Light Show Videos”. He also had a site called, “How to Get rid of Pimples”.
  • [03:22] He wrote content and didn’t see any progress in the first 30 days. After 90/120 Days, he started to see improvements.
  • [03:48] Patience is key!
  • [04:23] Over time, SEO has become harder.
  • [04:45] Overall, you need 2 full years to get things rolling.
  • [05:07] Within the 2 year mark, you start to see growth. Then, by year 3 people really grow or plateau.
  • [05:44] That’s it for today!
  • [05:52] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 08, 2018
How You Can Grow Your Traffic By Blogging Less  | Ep. #798
06:15

In episode #798, Eric and Neil discuss how you can grow your traffic without having to churn out new content. Tune in to hear what you can do to grow your traffic.

Eric and Neil have committed to throwing a FREE Marketing School Live Event in Los Angeles, once Marketing School reaches 1M downloads in a 30 day period. Take action: Rate, review, subscribe, and SHARE. Check the progress here!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How You Can Grow Your Traffic By Blogging Less
  • [00:40] On Wordpress alone, over 2 Million blog posts are being posted every day.
  • [00:47] Backlinko only has 30 blog posts; they were aiming for quality over quantity.
  • [01:30] Look at the most popular content posted by your competitors, post something similar that is ten times better.
  • [02:31] If you take the time to write a quality, in-depth article, people won't’ ignore you.
  • [02:54] Eric thought he was entitled to more traffic early on; no one should expect overnight results.
  • [03:35] Mark Suster would write a blog post and then make sure his friends posted the content on Facebook.
  • [04:15] If no one reads your content, it’s not going to rank.
  • [05:10] That’s it for today!
  • [05:15] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 07, 2018
One Simple Hack That Will Make Your Content Spread Like A Wildfire | Ep. #797
05:12

In episode #797, Eric and Neil discuss a simple hack that will make your content spread. Tune in to hear how you can increase your subscribers, readers, followers, etc.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: One Simple Hack That Will Make Your Content Spread Like A Wildfire
  • [00:38] This is about content collaborations (specifically on YouTube).
  • [01:01] Eric has 11,000 subscribers on YouTube and they pick up 20-30 new subs per day.
  • [01:15] So, they made a video for a channel with 40,000 subs and vice versa.
  • [01:25] They gained 150 subs from this collaboration.
  • [01:56] This also works with webinars.
  • [02:15] ConvertKit grew through collaborations and webinars.
  • [02:50] Even podcasts are a great way to collaborate.
  • [03:30] Think about what you can offer and make sure it’s a win for both sides.
  • [03:42] You can also pay people for the privilege of collaborations or promotions.
  • [04:15] This helped Neil boost his fan base.
  • [04:16] That’s it for today!
  • [04:20] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 06, 2018
When Should You Give Up On A Lead  | Ep. #796
06:30

In episode #796, Eric and Neil discuss when, if ever, you should give up on a lead. Tune in to hear how you should proceed with sales.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: When Should You Give Up On A Lead
  • [00:35] Once people opt-in, Neil “sells them” right away.
  • [01:20] Neil’s Sales Team will reach out a couple of times, schedule a call, see if they are qualified, pitch the customer, and then try to close.
  • [01:50] If a lead reaches out, get them within the hours, but ideally within 5 minutes.
  • [02:02] Once you get on a call, follow up within three business days if you don’t close over the phone.
  • [02:22] Stagger your communication, so you don’t badger people.
  • [02:38] Texting works and people tend to respond better to that.
  • [03:14] Most sales teams have found that if you call within the first five minutes, you will double your revenue.
  • [03:55] Acceptance rate from webinars are 100%.
  • [04:20] Don’t give up on a qualified lead until they tell you to beat it.
  • [05:05] If you want to call within one minute, get autodialers.
  • [05:27] That’s it for today!
  • [05:30] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Oct 05, 2018
How to Keep Your Ad Cost Down Even As More Competitors Jump On Board  | Ep. #795
07:21

In episode #795, Eric and Neil Discuss how to keep your ad costs down. Tune in to hear how you could be saving money instead of losing it!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00;27] Today’s Topic: How to Keep Your Ad Cost Down Even As More Competitors Jump On Board
  • [00:41] It is a given that no matter what, more people will sign up to use social media sites.
  • [01:25] Ad costs will go up the more people get on board.
  • [02:05] Keep in mind, that whether it is Google or Facebook, the goal of every ad platform is to show the results with the highest quality, not who paid the most.
  • [03:00] It’s all about the keywords you use!
  • [03:15] Whichever generates more clicks, generates more income.
  • [03:26] Always test your copy and see what works.
  • [04:02] Eric recently look at some of his ads: the cost per acquisition for image ads was $12, while video was $4-5.
  • [04:22] You have to have good messaging that is targeted at your audience.
  • [04:35] You need to test over and over.
  • [04:43] In the early days of advertising, some people posted images of breasts to get a higher click-through rate. These days, you need to have relevant images and content.
  • [05:28] Rotate your ad images and update your copy.
  • [05:43] When people ran ads on TV and Radio, they found that their CPC’s went down drastically because people were seeing them everywhere.
  • [06:16] That’s it for today!
  • [06:20] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 04, 2018
How Pepsi Defeated Coke In Two Battles (And What You Can Learn From It)  | Ep. #794
06:56

In episode #794, Eric and Neil discuss how Pepsi managed to defeat Coke in two ways. Tune in to hear what you could learn from this soda giant.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Pepsi Defeated Coke In Two Battles (And What You Can Learn From It)
  • [00:36] Coke is still the biggest beverage company in the world and they have a  larger market cap.
  • [00:57] There is a book about this topic possibly called Fizzled and a podcast called “Business Wars”.
  • [01:10] Pepsi went out of business a couple of times
  • [01:15] When Coke was ahead and 10 Cents a bottle, Pepsi said for 5 Cents, you get double the amount of soda.
  • [01:55] When you do something price-wise like Pepsi did, it’s a great way to gobble up market share and take over.
  • [02:20] Uber and Lyft tried similar techniques and helped the companies grow exponentially.
  • [02:55] Michael Jackson was hot in the 1980’s.
  • [03:10] Pepsi was losing market share, so they paid Michael millions of dollars to do an ad.
  • [03:35] This one spokesperson boosted their sales.
  • [03:55] Freemium and free trials are great ways to undercut your competitors and get more business.
  • [04:45] Choose your spokespeople wisely.
  • [05:41] Pepsi tried to replicate the Michael Jackson effect with Britney Spears and Beyonce and it didn’t work.
  • [06:07] That’s it for today!
  • [06:12] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 03, 2018
Our Favorite SEO Strategy That You Aren't Leveraging!  | Ep. #793
05:09

In episode #793, Eric and Neil discuss some oft-ignored SEO strategies. Tune in to hear what techniques you should be leveraging.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Our Favorite SEO Strategy That You Aren't Leveraging!
  • [00:39] International expansion is one of the largest sources of Neil’s traffic.
  • [01:02] There is no competition on the internet outside of the English language.
  • [01:22] Eric likes content expansion.
  • [01:32] Convert your video ideas to a blog, then to a podcast, etc.
  • [02:55] Neil gets a large percentage of his traffic from countries outside the United States.
  • [03:20] Make sure you use Ahrefs Lang for international expansion.
  • [03:45] Eric’s company has grown by 12% each month.
  • [04:05] Once you have content that works for you, you can expand and grow your business.
  • [04:12] That’s it for today!
  • [04:20] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 02, 2018
My Content Marketing Isn't Working. What Should I Do?  | Ep. #792
06:19

In episode #792, Eric and Neil discuss what you should do when your content marketing isn’t getting you any traffic or sales. Tune in to hear how you can turn things around.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topics: My Content Marketing Isn't Working. What Should I Do?
  • [00:40] When Eric joined Singlegrain, their traffic was flat.
  • [01:03] They audited their work and found the articles were low-quality and the algorithm wasn’t picking anything up in their content.
  • [01:52] There are two camps: Blogger with no traffic, blogger with traffic but no sales.
  • [02:10] If you don’t have traffic, try using SEMRush to figure out what is going wrong.
  • [02:20] If a keyword has a high CPC, it means that the traffic is worth more.
  • [03:00] If you aren’t making sales, you probably need to be more aggressive and use exit pop-ups, sliders, opt-ins, email marketing, drips, etc.
  • [03:30] You will start seeing revenue when you create funnels.
  • [03:47] Ahrefs has a keyword difficulty tool that shows how difficult it is to rank for a given keyword.
  • [04:35] Your content may not take off right away, but if you use the aforementioned techniques, it will go well for you.
  • [04:52] If you aren’t generating revenue, try quizzes.
  • [05:22] That’s it for today!
  • [05:31] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Oct 01, 2018
How to Craft an Irresistible Hook | Ep. #791
07:26

In episode #791, Eric and Neil discuss how you can figure out your messaging. Tune in to hear how you can create an irresistible hook.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Craft an Irresistible Hook
  • [00:36] A Hook is something that draws people in.
  • [01:10] If you think about Squatty Potty (the bathroom accessory), they did $20 Million in revenue.
  • [01:36] They ran a commercial where a Unicorn was pooping rainbow ice cream and the spokesperson then ate said ice cream.
  • [02:15] Neil is testing out a headline hook right now.
  • [02:30] He also offers free resources.
  • [02:45] BuzzSumo is a helpful tool to help you figure out what your hook could be.
  • [03:20] A lot of it has to do with messaging.
  • [03:30] Squatty Potty figured out their messaging.
  • [03:52] Try using Survey Monkey or Qualaroo to figure out customers’ pay points.
  • [04:20] Check out the Harmon Brothers’ ads.
  • [05:30] You can hire people, but that is expensive. It’s better to figure out the messaging and hook on your own.
  • [06:30] That’s it for Today!
  • [06:35] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 30, 2018
Why You Shouldn't Reveal Your Revenue Numbers | Ep. #790
05:54

In episode #790, Eric and Neil explain why you shouldn’t reveal your revenue numbers. Tune in to hear why secrecy is always the best policy.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why You Shouldn't Reveal Your Revenue Numbers
  • [00:45] Neil never talks about his revenue.
  • [01:00] He is worried about people copying his tactics.
  • [01:30] Why feed the competition?
  • [01:45] You shouldn’t get mad, just don’t reveal your numbers.
  • [02:30] True Ventures is an example of an ethical VC firm.
  • [02:57] Eric has a podcast where he grills people about their actual numbers.
  • [03:15] However, Eric has never revealed his company’s numbers.
  • [03:40] Get all the information you can, but don’t share your information!
  • [04:24] When you hear stats and numbers from others, it’s not always accurate.
  • [04:40] Make sure the data is accurate before you decide to copy their techniques.
  • [04:48] That’s it for today!
  • [04:55] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Sep 29, 2018
Here's a Hack to Shoot Past Your Competitors | Ep. #789
05:27

In episode #789, Eric and Neil discuss how you can shoot past your competitors. Tune in to hear this great hack!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Here's a Hack to Shoot Past Your Competitors
  • [00:45] Mitchell Harper says that when you want to shoot past your competitors, do your opposition research and take their tactics.
  • [01:55] Showcase as many episodes as possible in iTunes.
  • [02:15] You can get a lot of data just by listening to other people’s podcasts.
  • [02:50] Neil would never write an article breaking down his team’s entire strategy.
  • [03:10] Take what you can from your competitors!
  • [03:16] That’s it for today!
  • [03:21] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 28, 2018
This Is Going to Disrupt the SEO Industry | Ep. #788
05:24

In episode #788, Eric and Neil talk about the one thing that is going to disrupt the SEO industry. Tune in to hear what their predictions are for the future of SEO.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: This Is Going to Disrupt the SEO Industry
  • [00:42] Voice search is going to disrupt the SEO industry.
  • [01:28] We can’t predict when it will take over, but it is becoming more popular.
  • [01:38] Right now, it is used for quick information, not for in-depth purchasing research.
  • [02:50] Eric thinks it is still business as usual, until he sees the scales tipping.
  • [03:10] Brian Dean wrote an article on Backlinko about voice search.
  • [03:27] In general, a strategy for voice search isn’t needed yet.
  • [03:50] Try to keep your rankings up.
  • [04:10] Just be aware of the trend.
  • [04:20] That’s all for today!
  • [04:24] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Sep 27, 2018
Our Favorite SEO Hack | Ep. #787
05:17

In episode #787, Eric and Neil talk about their favorite SEO hacks. Tune in to her what hack you should be using.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Our Favorite SEO Hack
  • [00:40] Neil’s current favorite hack is brand-building.
  • [00:50] When you build a brand and become visible, it’s easier to get rankings.
  • [01:15] Stronger brands tend to rank higher.
  • [01:55] Put as much money and energy into helping people by providing solutions to their problems. This is the best way to build a brand.
  • [02:10] Eric likes the content re-usage framework.
  • [02:35] It’s a process that scales really well.
  • [03:05] Retaining a customer is less expensive than acquiring a new one.
  • [03:55] Jeff Bezos said that “smart people change their minds often.”
  • [04:08] That’s it for today!
  • [04:13] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 26, 2018
Our Biggest SEO Mistake | Ep. #786
06:40

In episode #786, Eric and Neil talk about their biggest SEO mistakes. Tune in to learn from their missteps.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Our Biggest SEO Mistake
  • [00:40] Neil’s biggest mistake was always being short-sighted.
  • [00:50] He has been doing this for 17 years and he wishes he had looked more towards the future.
  • [01:15] He would constantly revamp his site, buy links, try to manipulate Google rankings, but none of that led to long-term success.
  • [01:50] He burned through so much money using quick hacks like adding Wordpress links to the footer on his site.
  • [02:10] He wishes he spent his money on long-term projects.
  • [02:30] Eric learned a lot of white hat stuff doing an internship, but someone turned him onto black hat sites and ideas.
  • [03:05] Unfortunately, the black hat ideas are greedy and short-sighted.
  • [04:10] Their biggest mistake was not a tactic, but just being short-sighted and greedy.
  • [04:35] Pick your opportunities wisely.
  • [05:21] That’s all for today!
  • [05:28] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Sep 25, 2018
How Neil's Email Management Strategy Capitalizes On Remarkable Opportunities | Ep. #785
08:07

In episode #785, Eric and Neil discuss email management strategies. Tune in to hear how you can stay on top of your email inbox.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Neil's Email Management Strategy Capitalizes On Remarkable Opportunities
  • [00:40] As long as Eric has known Neil, he has responded to every email.
  • [01:15] Neil says he’s OCD and can’t help it, which is why all of his emails get answered and his inbox is empty.
  • [02:45] Neil also had a long email signature for a while, that he only recently cut out.
  • [03:04] Neil put the Gmail app on his phone.
  • [03:20] Whenever you open up an email, deal with it then and there.
  • [03:30] Neil checks his email every hour for five to ten minutes.
  • [03:50] Eric also builds in time to check his emails.
  • [04:33] Neil woke up to 190-something emails this morning.
  • [04:53] If you email Neil, he responds personally.
  • [05:04] If you submit a support inquiry, it goes to his team.
  • [06:18] Respond, otherwise you are leaving money on the table.
  • [06:45] Be transparent in all your interactions and make sure the email signature matches who sent the email.
  • [07:04] That’s it for today!
  • [07:07] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 24, 2018
Why You Should Change Your Lead Forms to Applications | Ep. #784
09:05

In episode #784, Eric and Neil discuss why you should change your lead forms to applications. Tune in to hear how this could make a big difference in your conversion rates.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why You Should Change Your Lead Forms to Applications
  • [00:45] Eric was trying to get people to move from a webinar to purchasing a course and software bundle.
  • [01:25] Using Zoom, he added a button that would bring them to a purchase page.
  • [02:05] Instead of sending them to a checkout page, Eric changed it to an “application”.
  • [02:27] Now it goes to this link.
  • [02:40] If you to Consulting.com, they have a good example of an application page.
  • [02:54] The first thing you do after following the link is schedule a call.
  • [02:58] After that, you fill out a survey about your business.
  • [04:20] Eric and his team did a strategy call.
  • [04:55] Once you switched to the application, their conversion rate went up.
  • [05:05] They then made three sales for $6000 total.
  • [05:35] The guy that recommend Eric switch to an application said the change was anywhere from 15-20%, but they did better than that.
  • [07:15] Make sure you text people with reminders for scheduled calls.
  • [07:30] It’s helpful to make people promise to show up for the call.
  • [07:52] Schedule your calls within 48 hours of taking the webinar.
  • [08:04] That’s all for today!
  • [08:07] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 23, 2018
How to Throw Your Own Mastermind | Ep. #783
08:18

In episode #783, Eric and Neil discuss putting on a Mastermind group or conference. Tune in to hear how Eric put on a Mastermind weekend.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Throw Your Own Mastermind
  • [00:45] Eric through his own Mastermind.
  • [00:55] He has been part of an Entrepreneurs’ group for a while.
  • [01:00] Recently, they were in Cabo San Lucas, Mexico and it inspired him to do a four-day Mastermind group.
  • [01:36] It is important to surround yourself with the “right” people on a regular basis.
  • [01:54] Eric mandated that there be no technology during the Mastermind, so there would be no distractions.
  • [02:15] The 9 people that attended were friends and/or acquaintances.
  • [02:35] When doing a Mastermind, make sure it includes people you don’t talk to on a regular basis, so you get fresh perspectives.
  • [03:05] Eric has already implemented some great ideas he got from the Mastermind.
  • [03:45] Eric didn’t make money, but total cost was $3000 for the weekend.
  • [04:05] He decided that everyone would pay at cost.
  • [04:25] His main purpose was not to make money, but to learn.
  • [04:45] The things learned will last longer than the money that could have potentially been made.
  • [05:15] Eric is looking forward to doing it again.
  • [05:25] In order to get people to attend, Eric sent an email to a select group of people (he created the parameters based on the desired outcome of the Mastermind).
  • [05:55] He sent a simple email invitation.
  • [06:10] The response rate was less than 100%, because all but one invitee attended.
  • [06:51] Keeping it small (max 15 people) is for the best.
  • [07:20] That’s all for today!
  • [07:27] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Sep 22, 2018
How to Deal With Shit Talkers | Ep. #782
06:02

In episode #782, Eric and Neil discuss how they deal with shit-talkers. Tune in to hear how you can deal with the negativity.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Deal With Shit Talkers
  • [00:40] Shit talkers don’t necessarily hate you, but they can still screw up your brand.
  • [01:11] Eric loves being talked about, because it makes him feel successful.
  • [01:40] Neil thinks he has the most shit-talkers in the industry who do not like his work.
  • [02:15] Don’t talk the shit talk to heart, take it as constructive criticism.
  • [02:33] At least you are getting some form of feedback.
  • [03:20] Neil once emailed a shit-talker back and thanked him for the feedback, then asked him if he implemented any of his tactics.
  • [03:45] He wanted to know if the shit-talker used tactics and found they didn’t work.
  • [04:00] Do not take negative feedback personally.
  • [04:34] Always focus on improving your work.
  • [04:54] That’s it for today!
  • [05:00] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 21, 2018
The Number 1 Marketing Channel You Are Taking For Granted (But Shouldn't)  | Ep. #781
07:39

In #781, Eric and Neil discuss the marketing channel you are taking for granted. Tune in to hear what you should be leveraging, but are probably neglecting.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Number 1 Marketing Channel You Are Taking For Granted (But Shouldn't)
  • [00:35] The number one search engine in the world is Google.
  • [00:45] The second search engine is YouTube.
  • [01:45] YouTube can suck you in for hours without you realizing.
  • [02:08] Neil recently sent an email out about whether he boosted others’ traffic.
  • [02:20] He received thousands of replies and is responding to all of them.
  • [02:45] Most of the respondents have said that Eric has, indeed, helped them boost their traffic with his podcast, videos, and blogs.
  • [0322] Based on their YouTube comments, Eric and Neil find they get a higher rate of interaction with YouTube.
  • [03:45] Google is now putting more resources into YouTube.
  • [04:22] If you are going to go on YouTube, upload the same content to Facebook and LinkedIn.
  • [04:41] Include keywords in your title and description.
  • [04:42] Make sure to upload a transcript (use Rev).
  • [05:32] Eric has watched a Fortnite player for forty minutes; he finds it entertaining.
  • [06:02] Growth Everywhere is rebranding to “Level Up”, in honor of Eric’s gamer background.
  • [06:16] That’s all for today!
  • [06:18] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Sep 20, 2018
How We Are Going to Get to 1 Million Podcast Downloads Per Month  | Ep. #780
06:26

In episode #780, Eric and Neil discuss how they are going to reach 1 Million downloads per month. Tune in to hear how they are going to do this and why they set this goal.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How We Are Going to Get to 1 Million Podcast Downloads Per Month
  • [00:50] They know their podcasts stats aren’t as high as some other more popular podcasters.
  • [01:10] They want their download numbers to increase because…
  • [01:54] ...They want to help more people!
  • [02:16] If Eric and Neil reach 1 Million downloads, they will reach more people. They also think this community of listeners will help them learn something new, in turn.
  • [03:18] It has been over two years of podcasting and they know they are performing a needed service.
  • [03:51] Incentives are a great way to get what you need from customers.
  • [04:20] Some ideas Eric and Neil are going to test out are: premiere seats for those that rated and reviewed.
  • [05:22] Look into how you can incentivize your team to do better work.
  • [05:28] That’s all for today!
  • [05:34] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Sep 19, 2018
How to Convert More Leads Into Sales With This Ninja Hack  | Ep. #779
05:11

In episode #779, Eric and Neil discuss how to convert more leads. Tune in to hear their great hack.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Convert More Leads Into Sales With This Ninja Hack
  • [00:52] When doing a webinar, Neil required that people give a name and email address, as well as a phone number.
  • [01:40] For those who couldn’t make the webinar, they would offer a link to a different webinar.
  • [02:14] Eric has found that you could use Front to hook in your Twilio and respond directly to people who want to attend the conference.
  • [03:02] If people didn’t convert after the webinar, Neil would text them.
  • [03:30] Texts that converted well, “Hey” or “[Name]?”
  • [04:10] Try ringless voicemail or send a text to those who didn’t convert.
  • [04:23] That’s it for today!
  • [04:25] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Sep 18, 2018
What Should You Do With Your Keywords That Rank on The Middle of Page 1 | Ep. #778
06:35

In episode #778, Eric and Neil discuss what you should do with your keywords that rank in the middle, but not the top of the first search page. Tune in to hear how you can improve your rankings.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What Should You Do With Your Keywords That Rank on The Middle of Page 1
  • [00:44] Adjust the title or meta-description.
  • [00:55] Clickflow is a tool that will help you adjust the title and meta-description.
  • [01:20] Go look at the content that ranks above you.
  • [01:33] See what they are doing that you are not.
  • [02:25] Stone Temple did a case study on keywords, how they rank, and if they matter.
  • [02:54] When it  comes to Google, user experience and link-building matters.
  • [03:25] Everyone thinks the best way to rank for keywords is to get the sites that link to your competitors, to link to you.
  • [03:34] The best link is the from the exact page that ranks for the term for which you would like to rank.
  • [04:44] If you have something that already ranks well, chances are that that page ranks for a bunch of other keywords, as well. Use clickflow and find which keywords are getting impressions. If you don’t have those actual keywords on the page: add them!
  • [05:32] That’s all for today!
  • [05:35] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Sep 17, 2018
What Should You Do With Your Blog Posts That Generate Traffic And No Revenue  | Ep. #777
07:13

In episode #777, Eric and Neil discuss what you should do with blog posts that generate traffic and no revenue. Tune in to hear what you can do to turn things around.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What Should You Do With Your Blog Posts That Generate Traffic And No Revenue
  • [00:40] Neil has tons of posts that rank, but they aren’t what his clients are looking for.
  • [01:04] You can put in affiliate links or promote other products and services, which will help generate revenue.
  • [01:20] Eric’s friend ranks for a page that is about a product or service he doesn’t offer, so he goes to a company that does offer that service and charges them to rent the page.
  • [01:45] You could partner with someone else who has the ideal audience.
  • [02:38] A relevant pop-up can be helpful.
  • [02:50] Pop-ups can help you generate leads.
  • [04:14] It is important to create a process to be on top of redirecting traffic, so that they don’t just bounce.
  • [04:45] Nurturing customers is really tough.
  • [05:00] When you have a business development relationship, it can be an amazing fit that allows you to not worry about taking on more work.
  • [05:54] At the end of the day, business is a people game.
  • [06:05] That’s all for today!
  • [06:10] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Sep 16, 2018
Why Blogging Too Often Will Hurt Your Rankings | Ep. #776
06:45

In episode #776, Eric and Neil discuss why blogging too often may hurt your rankings. Tune in to hear why you should consider blogging less.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why Blogging Too Often Will Hurt Your Rankings
  • [00:45] A site has “x” amount of authority.
  • [01:05] You’ll find that if you start blogging more over time, a lot of your content will become outdated.
  • [01:32] Old pages will drop in rankings, but eventually your whole site will suffer because of outdated posts.
  • [02:20] Refer to the Content Reusage Framework.
  • [02:22] A VC named Tomasz Tonguz did a study on the value of temporal content vs. evergreen content.
  • [02:47] The difference between a news site and an evergreen site is that your rankings will spike from time to time, whereas evergreen content stacks in rankings over time.
  • [03:25] Focus on writing better content, which will help your rankings.
  • [03:45] The majority of your posts will not generate much traffic.
  • [03:55] 20% of your content will make up 70% of your traffic.
  • [04:13] Go to SEMRush or Ahrefs and look at what is popular on your competitors’ sites.
  • [04:30] BuzzSumo will also show you what people love.
  • [05:02] Follow the data.
  • [05:19] That’s it for today!
  • [05:35] Go to here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal of 1 Million downloads per month. They will throw a live event once they reach their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:



Sep 15, 2018
Why We're Going to Do An In Person Event (and You Should Too)  | Ep. #775
06:25

In episode #775, Eric and Neil discuss the reason they want to do a live event. Tune in to hear why you should also consider putting on a live event.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why We're Going to Do An In Person Event (and You Should Too)
  • [00:50] Eric and Neil don’t monetize their podcast nor do they run ads.
  • [01:24] On their site for this podcast, they only collect emails and surveys.
  • [01:42] If their goal is to impact more people, they realized an in-person event would be a great opportunity. People were also asking for a live event in the surveys.
  • [02:45] Charlie Munger talks about aligning incentives.
  • [02:56] Eric and Neil are incentivized to reach that 1 Million download milestone.
  • [03:12] They did a test even last year in downtown LA.
  • [03:32] People had different ranges for what they found too cost prohibitive in terms of attending a conference or live event.
  • [03:42] Eric and Neil are making this live event free, so they don’t exclude any interested parties.
  • [03:58] They will also be recording the event, so no one has to miss out.
  • [04:13] Eric and Neil are hoping to build a larger community.
  • [04:28] No matter what you do, consider putting on a live event as a way of connecting with your clients and audience.
  • [05:40] Live events are the best ways to market your brand.
  • [05:45] That is all for today!
  • [05:47] Go to here to see how many downloads the show is getting. Also rate and review to help Eric and Neil meet their goal.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:



Sep 14, 2018
When to Keep, Cut, and Consolidate Your Content  | Ep. #774
07:09

In episode #774, Eric and Neil discuss when it’s ok to prune your content. Tune in to hear if you should ever flush old content.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: When to Keep, Cut, and Consolidate Your Content
  • [00:54] You may find that some of your content is outdated.
  • [01:22] Consolidate if you have five pages that discuss the same thing, combine them, because Google won’t know which one to rank first.
  • [02:15] Search engines want to eliminate redundancy.
  • [02:55] Removing old, outdated content can be a good idea, but often less content means less traffic.
  • [03:05] People who prune content, prune the quality content that won’t affect traffic.
  • [03:35] SuperMetrics or Screaming Frog are two great tools to use to crawl your website.
  • [03:45] If these tools find pages that aren’t getting any traffic at all, it might be a good idea to prune those pages.
  • [04:18] Use Google Analytics to look at your content that isn’t performing well.
  • [04:35] When you cut those pages, you may lose more traffic than is being shown by GA. Remember you may be cutting out internal links when deleting content!
  • [05:00] Before you cut, always try to improve the content.
  • [05:25] Cross link all your content, as it will help boost rankings for all of your pages.
  • [05:26] That’s all for today!
  • [05:30] Eric and Neil are going to do a live event if they reach 1 Million downloads per month. So, please rate of review!
  • [05:53] Go here to see how many downloads the show is getting.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Sep 13, 2018
What You Should do About Pages That Rank But Don't Meet User Intent  | Ep. #773
04:49

In episode #773, Eric and Neil discuss what you should do about pages that rank, but don’t meet user intent. Tune in to hear how you can fix this issue and keep your rankings.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What You Should do About Pages That Rank But Don't Meet User Intent
  • [00:55] People will bounce really quickly if your page doesn’t meet their needs.
  • [01:26] Go to GSC and look at all the key phrases for which you are getting impressions (not just clicks!).
  • [01:40] These key phrases aren’t keywords, they are problems; people are searching because they are trying to solve a problem.
  • [02:14] If you find that your page is ranking for something it doesn’t entirely cover, you can make content that centers on those search terms.
  • [02:30] Otherwise, you can take a risk and alter the content on the page. You may lose rankings, even though you are changing it to suit the key phrases for which you are ranking.
  • [03:30] Search engines don’t put websites that meet their algorithm requirements at the top of the page, they put whatever site helps the user the most.
  • [03:39] Even if the changes you are making aren’t the best for Google, but are good for the user, Google will catch up and increase your ranking.
  • [04:00] Survey your users and tailor posts to their problems.
  • [04:13] That’s it for today!
  • [04:17] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveaway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 12, 2018
How to Push Your Rankings From Page 2 to Page 1 | Ep. #772
05:02

In episode #772, Eric and Neil discuss how to push your rankings to the first page of search results. Tune in to hear how you can easily boost your rankings.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Push Your Rankings From Page 2 to Page 1
  • [00:35] If you are ranking in the top 3, your click-through rates from organic search results will be higher.
  • [01:38] People rarely go to page 2 of their search results.
  • [02:03] Go into Google Search Console and look at the keywords for which you are getting impressions.
  • [02:14] Make sure you address the problems people are searching for within your content.
  • [02:41] Change the title of your page.
  • [02:59] Use Ahrefs or Majestic and reach out to people who have linked to pages similar to yours; make the case as to why your page is better and convince them to link to you.
  • [03:30] Internal linking also helps.
  • [03:45] Build links, optimize your content, and optimize your title tags.
  • [04:26] That’s it for today!
  • [04:28] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveaway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Sep 11, 2018
Should You Build Rich Anchor Text Links Still? | Ep. #771
05:07

In episode #771, Eric and Neil discuss whether you should build links using rich anchor text. Tune in to hear if you should be focusing your energy on anchor text.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Should You Build Rich Anchor Text Links Still?
  • [00:54] If too many links are rich in anchor text and contain a keyword, search engines will know that you’re trying to manipulate them and you won’t rank as high.
  • [01:10] Go to Ahrefs and type in the URLs that are at the top of page 1 for the terms for which you are trying to rank.
  • [01:45] If you are building links naturally, you won’t be able to control the anchor text all the time.
  • [02:25] Once the cup is overflowing, you will be hit with an algorithmic penalty.
  • [02:55] Only focus about 5-10% of your energy on anchor text.
  • [03:33] Links impact rankings, but so does the content on your page.
  • [03:55] If you only focus on rich anchor text, your rankings are unsustainable.
  • [04:30] That’s it for today!
  • [04:33] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 10, 2018
What Percent of Your Links Should Point to Your Homepage | Ep. #770
05:12

In episode #770, Eric and Neil discuss what percentage of your links should point to your homepage. Tune in to hear if there is a magical percentage that will help your homepage rank higher.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What Percent of Your Links Should Point to Your Homepage
  • [00:40] Eric and Neil don’t know what percentage of their links lead to their homepages.
  • [01:04] It doesn’t always make sense to link something back to your homepage.
  • [01:26] Your homepage won’t convert as well as other pages, so it’s important to use it to discuss your products and services and make pages that are about the specifics of your offerings.
  • [02:03] There’s no magic percentage that works the best.
  • [02:25] Look at your metrics and determine the right percentage for yourself.
  • [03:03] Even if your homepage converts well, you can’t rank your homepage for a bunch of terms.
  • [03:22] Just focus on internal pages.
  • [03:32] If you already have a lot of links to your homepage, pick the main pages that you want to rank higher and link to those.
  • [04:25] Be careful with your anchor text. Make it flow naturally.
  • [04:37] That’s it for today!
  • [04:40] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 09, 2018
Which Social Network Is The Best For Video | Ep. #769
05:30

In episode #769, Eric and Neil discuss which social network is the best for video. Tune in to hear which network you should be focusing on.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Which Social Network Is The Best For Video
  • [00:45] There are so many social networks.
  • [00:54] Twitch is now one of the main networks along with Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat, and Twitter.
  • [01:25] Eric got more views on LinkedIn than he did on Facebook.
  • [01:40] Neil thinks LinkedIn performs the best for video, because they want it more and promote it harder.
  • [02:02] However, you shouldn’t limit yourself to LinkedIn.
  • [02:20] You have nothing to lose by posting to a site that doesn’t have your ideal demographic.
  • [02:35] The content repurposing framework is a good model for this.
  • [03:17] Even if you are in B2C, there’s nothing wrong with uploading to LinkedIn.
  • [03:31] The CEO of Cheddar is great at uploading tons of video content.
  • [03:50] Just keep uploading anywhere you can!
  • [04:10] YouTube drives long-term traffic, so don’t forget to post there.
  • [04:50] Even if your YouTube numbers are smaller in the short-term, they will grow larger in the long-term.
  • [04:55] That’s all for today!
  • [04:59] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Sep 08, 2018
How to Launch Like Apple | Ep. #768
05:48

In episode #768, Eric and Neil discuss how you can launch a product like Apple does. Tune in to hear how you can create hype.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Launch Like Apple
  • [00:44] Apple has a PLF: Product Launch Formula.
  • [01:03] Jumpcut likes to take you through three or four videos over a few days.
  • [01:20] The final one pumps you up to buy.
  • [01:42] Apple creates early buzz.
  • [01:50] There are leaks and rumors.
  • [02:00] They always announce at conferences.
  • [02:40] People always know that if they don't’ act fast, the product will sell out and it will take longer to get the product.
  • [03:10] Apple creates scarcity.
  • [03:50] They know how to manufacture a feeding frenzy
  • [04:17] Even though there is no reason to camp out for products anymore, people still do it, because Apple knows how to create hype and manufacture urgency/scarcity.
  • [05:00] Influencers will help you create buzz.
  • [05:13] That's it for today!
  • [05:16] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 07, 2018
How GDPR Changed Link Building | Ep. #767
03:56

In episode #767, Eric and Neil discuss how the GDPR has changed link building outside the US. Tune in to hear how you must go about link building now that the regulation has made it harder.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How GDPR Changed Link Building
  • [00:37] GDPR = Global Data Protection Regulation.
  • [00:54] There are now a lot of restrictions about what you can do in terms of data collection.
  • [01:15] It has made link-building harder.
  • [01:53] You can’t just email blast people anymore.
  • [02:05] A simple way to build links, is to go to their site and message them through their contact form.
  • [02:45] Be careful how you contact businesses in the UK.
  • [03:10] There are a lot of lawsuits happening right now.
  • [03:20] That’s it for today!
  • [03:23] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 06, 2018
How to Hire Full-Time SEOs That Don't Suck | Ep. #766
05:34

In episode #766, Eric and Neil discuss how to hire solid SEOs. Tune in to hear how you find great SEOs that don’t suck.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Hire Full-Time SEOs That Don't Suck
  • [00:35] Don’t just believe the resume.
  • [01:00] The real test is to see what changes they would make to your website and if they can implement specific changes.
  • [01:40] Test them out on a temp basis before you hire full-time.
  • [02:05] Good SEOs have “burnt” their own websites.
  • [03:10] The more seasoned you are with running experiments, the better a hire you will be.
  • [03:35] Ask potential hires about their weaknesses and really get into the nitty gritty.
  • [04:05] Make sure they know how to modify basic HTML code.
  • [04:23] You want people who can take action.
  • [04:32] Go to the Marketing School website and find our post about SEO interview questions.
  • [04:40] Check out the potential hire’s website.
  • [04:59] That's all for today!
  • [05:01] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 05, 2018
How to Find the Best Young Marketing Talent | Ep. #765
06:04

In episode #765, Eric and Neil discuss how to find the best marketing talent. Tune in to hear how you can find young, motivated workers.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Find the Best Young Marketing Talent
  • [00:37] Eric’s interns have always been great.
  • [01:06] Singlegrain often uses Angellist to find the best people.
  • [01:31] It is important to have a hiring process.
  • [01:58] You can find young talent via blogging and social sites, but the best way to find great talent is to have interns.
  • [02:20] Neil’s company looks for interns who really want a career in marketing.
  • [02:30] They train them to grow with the company.
  • [02:52] When you get them young, they aren’t jaded.
  • [03:30] Be a “T-Shaped” marketer.
  • [04:18] If you want people who are “up to speed”, look for people who did internships at other marketing agencies.
  • [04:42] Most agencies won’t hire their interns.
  • [05:08] Pay your interns!
  • [05:18] By paying interns, you set a good precedent.
  • [05:30] That’s it for today!
  • [05:34] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 04, 2018
Which Marketers Should You Listen To  | Ep. #764
06:04

In episode #764, Eric and Neil Discuss whose advice you should follow. Tune in to hear how you know who to trust.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Which Marketers Should You Listen To
  • [00:45] Take what most people say with a grain of salt, until you've tested out the tactics.
  • [01:05] Until you run tests, you don’t know if a tactic will drive results.
  • [01:40] Podcasts and books are great for ideas.
  • [02:25] If someone gives you a tactic and it works, you can begin to trust his or her advice.
  • [03:03] It’s not about the person, it is about the strategy.
  • [03:24] A Canadian SEO gave Neil a 40% increase in search traffic. However, the other advice wasn’t helpful and didn’t work.
  • [03:55] Neil knew there was a risk in working with this company, because only one piece of advice worked.
  • [04:35] You have to be open-minded when listening to advice.
  • [05:29] That’s it for today!!
  • [05:33] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 03, 2018
How to Reduce Your Refund Rates | Ep. #763
05:36

In episode #763, Eric and Neil discuss how you can reduce refund rates. Tune in to hear how you can provide better service to avoid refund rates.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic:  How to Reduce Your Refund Rates
  • [00:35] First, understand why people are asking for refunds.
  • [00:58] When someone wants a refund, ask them why.
  • [01:11] Whether that is an email or a survey, the info will be helpful.
  • [01:27] Once you have about 50 answers, you will probably start to see a pattern.
  • [01:45] Jump Cut has an action-based guarantee. They will refund if the customer proves they went through the entire online course they offer.
  • [02:20] Their refund rate dropped to 5%.
  • [02:42] Expand your refund period. The longer it drags out, the fewer refunds you will have.
  • [03:01] Adjust your pricing.
  • [03:25] Offer to drop the price instead of refunding.
  • [03:47] When you do that, customers like and respect you more.
  • [04:10] Offer products and services for a limited or set period of time.
  • [04:59] That’s it for today!
  • [05:03] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 02, 2018
Why You Should Only Stick to One Marketing Channel | Ep. #762
05:06

In episode #762, Eric and Neil discuss why you should stick to one marketing channel. Tune in to hear why focusing on one channel is so important.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why You Should Only Stick to One Marketing Channel
  • [00:36] When Eric has tried too many channels at once, he has failed.
  • [00:50] Doing too much spreads you too thin and can lead to disastrous results.
  • [01:06] Focus on the thing that is most successful.
  • [01:30] Marketing is not just one channel, it has to encompasses everything.
  • [01:50] Each individual should focus on their strongest skill set.
  • [03:10] Neil is not great at Instagram, so he doesn’t bother with it.
  • [04:00] Look at the most successful marketers. They crush it at social media, but they don’t ignore the other channels available (they just have another team member take care of it).
  • [04:19] That’s it for today!
  • [04:34] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Sep 01, 2018
How Many Marketing Funnels Do You Need | Ep. #761
05:20

In episode #761, Eric and Neil discuss how many funnels you need. Tune in to hear why more funnels doesn’t always equal greater success.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Many Marketing Funnels Do You Need
  • [00:40] ConvertKit and Drift are useful funnels.
  • [00:55] Using too many gets confusing.
  • [01:11] Neil has one marketing funnel.
  • [01:27] He segments inside the funnel, so by segmenting he can pitch offers based on the path the customer follows.
  • [01:44] Even people who love funnels, tend to pare it down to one main funnel.
  • [02:08] With too many funnels, you can easily lose track of things.
  • [02:44] Once you have one advanced funnel, it’s easier to improve upon it.
  • [03:08] Testing and improving on efunnel is better than having multiple, complicated funnels.
  • [03:40] Base your upsells and downsells from the info gained in the first funnel.
  • [03:55] Make your funnel like a “Choose Your Own Adventure”, so it can be personalized to each visitor.
  • [04:25] It’s important to see how people interact with your brand.
  • [04:44] That’s it for today!
  • [04:48] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 31, 2018
Should You Place a Phone Number on Your Website? | Ep. #760
04:32

In episode #760, Eric and Neil discuss putting a phone number on your website. Tune in to hear if this is a necessary tactic.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Should You Place a Phone Number on Your Website?
  • [00:38] Eric gets 10-15 calls per day.
  • [00:56] Neil thinks it’s a waste of time to field random calls.
  • [01:15] Use chat services instead.
  • [01:30] Most of the calls are junk.
  • [01:45] Consider segmentation and only reveal your number to US visitors.
  • [03:00] It’s easier to collect a lead and call them.
  • [03:35] You can use Drift or Intercom to help segment your visitors and leads.
  • [03:57] That’s all for today!
  • [03:59] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Aug 30, 2018
Low Hanging Fruit - SEO Tactics That Easy And Effective | Ep. #759
06:49

In episode #759, Eric and Neil discuss easy SEO tactics. Tune in to hear some of the easiest things you can do to improve your traffic.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Low Hanging Fruit - SEO Tactics That Easy And Effective
  • [00:40] Make the most of what you have already.
  • [01:25] Upgrade posts and content.
  • [01:45] Remove the dates from URLs.
  • [01:55] Making URLs more generic is beneficial for your Google ranking.
  • [02:33] Shorten URLs to increase your traffic.
  • [02:57] Neil has deleted content before.
  • [03:15] Pruning your content could negatively affect your traffic.
  • [03:57] When pruning, look at what the post is doing for you. If it isn’t performing well, it won’t hurt to delete, but it’s better to fix what’s there.
  • [04:45] Speed up your site.
  • [04:50] GTMetrix will help you see how fast your site is.
  • [05:08] You may find that there are useless tags slowing down your load times.
  • [05:28] The best hack is building a brand.
  • [05:37] This is the most reliable long-term tactic.
  • [06:15] That’s it for today!
  • [06:19] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Aug 29, 2018
How to Find Cheap Freelancers That Don't Suck | Ep. #758
06:01

In episode #758, Eric and Neil tell you how you can find freelancers that don’t suck. Tune in to hear how your hiring process could be improved.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Find Cheap Freelancers That Don't Suck
  • [00:43] Eric has been using AngelList to find freelancers, while Neil has been using Upwork and Problogger.
  • [01:20] Eric has found great recruiters on Upwork.
  • [02:00] Make sure you choose people who have good reviews, high success ratio, and a lot of completed projects.
  • [02:30] Neil likes to skype with potential freelancers.
  • [03:00] Just talk to people and figure out what they can do for your business.
  • [03:20] Basecamp has written about their hiring process.
  • [03:50] Pay potential employees for a small test project.
  • [04:15] This will give you an idea about the quality of their work.
  • [05:10] Neil would find freelancers and test out 5 at the same time.
  • [05:26] That’s all for today!
  • [05:28] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 28, 2018
7 Powerful Marketing Tools You May Not Have Heard Of | Ep. #757
06:41

In episode #757, Eric and Neil discuss 7 powerful marketing tools. Tune in to hear about some lesser-known marketing tools.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Powerful Marketing Tools You May Not Have Heard Of
  • [00:35] 1: Supermetrics is top of mind for Eric, because they are putting together reports for an all-hands meeting and it helps to make powerful reports.
  • [01:11] 2: Clickflow is Eric’s tool, but Neil likes it because it allows you to do A/B testing.
  • [01:58] 3: Bonjouro allows you to customize and personalize videos to your customers.
  • [02:30] 4: Profit Well helps you find the lifetime value of your customer.
  • [03:33] 5: LTV Plus has agents that can man your chatbots.
  • [04:23] 6: AimTell creates push notifications that helps bring traffic to your website.
  • [05:00] It also helps send notifications to those who did not purchase anything.
  • [05:22] 7: Answer Force provides an agent to man your phone lines.
  • [05:54] This is helpful if you are in a service business.
  • [06:06] That’s all for today!
  • [06:11] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:


Aug 27, 2018
Is It Better to Charge a Monthly Fee or a One-Time Fee | Ep. #756
06:16

In episode #756, Eric and Neil discuss whether it is better to charge a monthly fee or a one-time fee. Tune in to hear which is more lucrative.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Is It Better to Charge a Monthly Fee or a One-Time Fee
  • [00:40] If you have a monthly fee, look at the lifetime value of your customer.
  • [00:45] Think about charging a one-time that is more or equivalent to your LTV and see if that generates more revenue.
  • [01:05] People like the concept of a one-time fee.
  • [01:24] It’s a much more appealing marketing message.
  • [01:33] You have to be testing!
  • [02:37] If your average customer only lasts one year, it’s more beneficial to charge up front.
  • [02:56] Neil tested out up-front payment and a payment plan and found that up-front was the best system for his business.
  • [03:25] If you charge a one-time fee for a lot of stuff, this holds greater appeal.
  • [04:05] It’s all about the lifetime value of your customer: this is the best way to determine your pricing structure.
  • [04:43] If you’re doing a subscription thing, you can use a dashboard that will track your clients and payments.
  • [05:04] Price Intelligently is a great resource.
  • [05:18] If you want to try a monthly fee, consider sticking with an up-front fee, but test it out first.
  • [05:40] That’s all for today!
  • [05:44] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:



Aug 26, 2018
Should You Give Up On Marketing Campaigns That Don't Work Initially | Ep. #755
05:49

In episode #755, Eric and Neil discuss whether you should give up on marketing campaigns that don’t work right away. Tune in to hear whether you should stay the course or drop dead weight.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Should You Give Up On Marketing Campaigns That Don't Work Initially
  • [00:40] Singlegrain is trying to do what ClickFunnels has done in terms of bundling software with online courses.
  • [01:00] Eric made an elaborate webinar and found that people really liked it.
  • [01:17] However, no one bought immediately afterwards.
  • [01:35] Eric was so disappointed, but he decided it would take more work to succeed pitching bundles.
  • [02:04] The feedback he received let him know that he was downplaying his teaching skills too much.
  • [02:15] So, sometimes you need to take a step back and re-jigger things and understand that everything takes time.
  • [02:35] Don’t give up.
  • [03:00] Marketing isn’t easy: you’re not going to get the results you want unless you put in a lot of work.
  • [03:10] It could take a year before you start to gain traction.
  • [03:40] Even though Neil gets 1 Million visits a month, he is still hungry for more.
  • [04:02] If you are willing to roll with the punches, you will succeed.
  • [04:15] Don't’ just do the webinar, follow up with emails!
  • [04:30] If a campaign stops working, don’t give up on it. Figure out what needs to be added (upsells, downsells) or updated (your landing page, etc.).
  • [04:50] Never give up on things that work. Always attempt to fix it before giving up.
  • [05:09] That’s all for today!
  • [05:13] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 25, 2018
How to Reduce Your Marketing Spend Without Hurting Your Traffic | Ep. #754
03:59

In episode 754, Eric and Neil discuss ways to reduce spending. Tune in to hear what you can do to cut spending without affecting your traffic.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Reduce Your Marketing Spend Without Hurting Your Traffic
  • [00:40] It’s the most expensive at the very beginning.
  • [00:53] You’ll find that over time, the methods you use to get traffic will go into automatic maintenance mode.
  • [01:00] If something is in maintenance mode,  you shouldn’t be spending as much money.
  • [01:18] Why spend the same amount of money when it takes a third of the effort to get results?
  • [01:30] If you take your eye off the campaign, numbers get worse.
  • [01:45] Make sure you are always looking at the basics, optimizing, and cutting what doesn’t work.
  • [02:02] You will struggle to find where you can cut.
  • [02:12] Neil recommends looking at credit card statements to understand your expenses and where to cut.
  • [02:30] Cutting small things will have an impact and you will save money.
  • [02:45] Singlegrain was using over 30 tools in the beginning.
  • [02:54] Now, they are down to 15 tools.
  • [03:10] You will waste money on marketing when you are not looking at your bills every month.
  • [03:20] That’s it for today!
  • [03:28] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 24, 2018
Best Way to Write a Cold Email | Ep. #753
05:08

In episode 753, Eric and Neil discuss the best way to write a cold email. Tune in to hear why you shouldn’t pitch someone right off the bat.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Best Way to Write a Cold Email
  • [00:35] When Eric started emailing people, he would write epic novels.
  • [00:53] It’s important that your emails are concise. No one wants to read a novel!
  • [01:03] Make sure you personalize it in some way.
  • [01:15] For instance, Neil like bottled water, so you could find a way to incorporate that into your pitch.
  • [01:40] Don’t make a sales pitch, pitch a call or a smaller ask.
  • [02:00] Neil has found that when you pitch in your very first email, it is so much harder to close or convert that customer.
  • [02:07] Build a conversation.
  • [02:22] Ask people for their feedback, then maybe get on the phone with them.
  • [02:28] Ask if certain changes would sweeten the pot for the customer.
  • [03:26] Build a relationship before you pitch your customer.
  • [03:52] Most people fail at emailing because they pitch in the very first email.
  • [04:07] Take the Neil Patel template and customize it.
  • [04:20] Taking the extra step to personalize your emails will up your conversions.
  • [04:33] That’s all for today!
  • [04:36] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 23, 2018
The Easy Alternative to Content Marketing | Ep. #752
04:47

In episode #752, Eric and Neil discuss an easy alternative to content marketing. Tune in to hear how you can get great content for free.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Easy Alternative to Content Marketing
  • [00:38] Have your users create content for you!
  • [00:44] Consulting.com and its proprietor didn’t enjoy content marketing, but he thought it would be a great idea to get users, customers, etc. to created video testimonials for him.
  • [01:34] Consulting.com has thousands of video testimonials that ultimately help drive sales and conversions.
  • [02:10] Kissmetrics asked everyone who was part a competition they were running to write a piece for the blog.
  • [02:28] Because of this, they got 7 blog posts per week for free.
  • [03:05] The content was also high-quality.
  • [03:15] Yelp and Trip Advisor do so well because they have user-generated content.
  • [03:30] Screen the content to make sure it’s quality work.
  • [03:45] Listen Notes pulls people’s reviews and notes about podcasts from the web and curates them.
  • [04:09] That’s all for today!
  • [04:14] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 22, 2018
How to Hire Marketing Interns | Ep. #751
06:37

In episode #751, Eric and Neil discuss how to properly hire interns. Tune in to hear tips on making the most of internships.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Hire Marketing Interns
  • [00:45] Interns are awesome because they aren’t jaded and are basically blank slates.
  • [00:55] They are often quick learners and you can train them to have a future in your company.
  • [01:35] Eric had an intern that didn’t have a college degree, but he is one of their best employees now.
  • [01:55] You never know where good talent will come from.
  • [02:05] One intern earned his spot at Singlegrain by writing an 800-word blog post about what he would do to improve the site.
  • [02:18] Eric pays his interns.
  • [02:25] AngelList has been a great resource for finding interns.
  • [02:36] Neil goes to colleges directly.
  • [02:48] The schools help with recruiting.
  • [03:10] As your potential interns what they are looking for in a career.
  • [03:25] Don’t make false promises.
  • [03:45] Don’t string interns along with the hopes of getting a full-time job, if that won’t be an option.
  • [04:40] Sometimes, Eric teaches at USC, which gives him a great opportunity to find interns.
  • [05:05] Ask your interns to do an assignment, like a video to show off their skills.
  • [05:40] Make the internship mutually beneficial, so the interns get as much out of their position as you do.
  • [05:58] That’s all for today!
  • [06:02] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 21, 2018
How to Get More Traffic From The Google Page Speed Update | Ep. #750
06:09

In episode #750, Eric and Neil discuss how you can get more traffic just by making your site load quickly. Tune in to hear how you can speed up your website.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Get More Traffic From The Google Page Speed Update
  • [00:55] Page speed has always been a factor, but now they are rolling out page speed algorithm updates.
  • [01:45] Eric’s site was run through GTMetrix to show him what was slowing it down.
  • [02:21] He then cleaned up the slow parts and tested out the site again.
  • [02:48] He got a substantial bump in visitors once he sped up his site.
  • [03:25] Neil uses Google AMP and MaxCDN to make sure his site loads quickly and is routing through local servers across the globe.
  • [03:45] Neil’s site also uses lazy loading, so things load as you scroll.
  • [04:07] Make sure to compress images and reduce javascripts.
  • [04:30] Bad code will ruin a site.
  • [04:53] Make sure to make the most of what you already have instead of chasing new, shiny objects.
  • [05:34] That’s it for today!
  • [05:38] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 20, 2018
Are The Riches Really In The Niches? | Ep. #749
06:48

In episode #749, Eric and Neil discuss whether riches are in the niches. Tune in to hear whether you need to focus on a niche market.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Are The Riches Really In The Niches?
  • [00:55] If they are, then why do we do different things?
  • [01:15] In the beginning, you can go after a niche, because it is too expensive to go after a huge category.
  • [01:20] Once you are established, you should expand and get beyond a niche market.
  • [01:22] For example, ConvertKit tried to compete in the email marketing space and it didn’t work out. When they changed course to be a service for bloggers, they started succeeding. Now, they are Seva and have a larger business.
  • [02:00] It is hard to make millions working within a niche.
  • [02:35] If you are going to swing, swing for the fences.
  • [02:54] If you don’t have a lot of cash, go for a niche. If you have the money, go for a huge market from day one.
  • [03:25] Eric interviewed someone who works for Kahuna.
  • [03:44] They focused on one area and then expanded their knowledge in that area.
  • [04:10] In this case, the company wasn’t working before they focused on a niche.
  • [04:41] Sam Evans found that when he “niched down”, he was able to have more success.
  • [05:10] Now, Sam and Consulting.com target anyone who hates their job and has some sort of expertise. Then he teaches these people how to become consultants.
  • [06:05] He has since had members create testimonials for his service.
  • [06:100] That’s it for today!
  • [06:17] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 19, 2018
How to Learn the Best Marketing Hacks From the Top 1%  | Ep. #748
05:44

In episode #748, Eric and Neil discuss how you could learn the best marketing hacks from the top 1%. Tune in to hear how you can get the best hacks from the best people.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Learn the Best Marketing Hacks From the Top 1%
  • [00:40] When learning marketing, you are not getting the best tactics from the best people.
  • [01:15] Marketers don’t necessarily want to reveal their best, most effective tactics.
  • [01:30] If they share everything that is working, the more people that use that tactic, the less effective it becomes.
  • [02:08] If you network enough, eventually, people will share tactics with you.
  • [02:28] Eric and Neil share tactics all the time.
  • [03:07] You can throw dinner parties, attend conferences, join groups like EO or YPO and you will build relationships.
  • [03:25] You don’t need internet-famous people to get people to attend your events.
  • [03:45] The goal is to build relationships and learn from others in your field.
  • [05:00] Build relationships without expectation and you will earn people’s trust.
  • [05:05] That’s all for today!
  • [05:10] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 18, 2018
How Seinfeld Emails Will Grow Your Sales  | Ep. #747
05:40

In episode #747, Eric and Neil discuss how Seinfeld emails can increase your sales. Tune in to hear why you should be writing Seinfeld emails.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Seinfeld Emails Will Grow Your Sales
  • [00:45] Ben Settle has a service called “Email Players” and shares a bunch of email marketing tactics.
  • [01:20] Seinfeld Emails are so-called, because the emails don’t talk about the product or anything related to your business (it’s an email about nothing), but then you find a way to tie it in to your product.
  • [02:26] There are so many different email sequences.
  • [03:25] If people just wrote emails for different parts of their sequence, their conversions would go up.
  • [03:40] You need to send out as many emails as you can.
  • [03:50] Sam Evans earns over $20 Million/year doing his consulting course.
  • [04:00] He puts out an email every single day.
  • [04:25] It’s not just using the Seinfeld method, it should be about storytelling.
  • [05:06] That’s all for today!
  • [05:10] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 17, 2018
The Best Way To Build Links Without Building Them | Ep. #746
05:32

In episode #746, Eric and Neil discuss the best way to build links without actually building them. Tune in to hear the long-term method for link building.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Best Way To Build Links Without Building Them
  • [00:34] Relationships!
  • [00:38] When you get to know more people, they will naturally link to you.
  • [00:52] Neil knows a lot of people in the industry (including Eric). He and Eric have linked to each other without even asking.
  • [01:20] Neil links to Eric not only because he is a friend, but because his content is good and relevant to his business.
  • [01:50] You shouldn’t ask your friends and taint the friendship.
  • [02:04] Noah Kagan did a video about this very subject.
  • [02:25] Build relationships without expecting anything and it will pay dividends in the future.
  • [03:10] Attend conferences, join slack groups, join LinkedIn groups to build relationships.
  • [03:33] Everyone starts at zero and it will pay to build relationships. Say yes to everything at first.
  • [04:05] You can also close business deals by having relationships. There are so many reasons to network,
  • [04:35] Don’t expect immediate results; it may take more than a year.
  • [04:55] That’s it for today!
  • [04:58]  If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 16, 2018
The Land and Expand Content Marketing Strategy | Ep. #745
05:18

In episode #745, Eric and Neil discuss the “land and expand” content marketing strategy. Tune in to learn about this method and how to apply it to your site.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Land and Expand Content Marketing Strategy
  • [01:05] Eric and Neil have a domain for this podcast, but they haven't been paying much attention to it.
  • [01:55] Over the last seven days, they have gotten over 1000 visitors. This means they get about 6000 visitors per month.
  • [02:12] They are planning to expand the content to see if it positively affects their traffic.
  • [02:30] If you take all the pages you have and just add more content, you are wasting your time; look at which page gets the most traffic and expand upon it.
  • [03:18] Use AHREFS and see how your keywords are ranking.
  • [03:20] If the keywords drive 500-1000 visits per month, go ahead and expand. Otherwise, ignore that page or those keywords.
  • [03:45] Within 30 days you may see an increase in traffic, but never more than double your current traffic.
  • [04:42] That’s all for today!
  • [04:45] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 15, 2018
How to Add Long-Tail Keywords to Your Content  | Ep. #744
05:28

In episode #744, Eric and Neil discuss how to add long-tail keywords to your content. Tune in to hear how you can rank for long-tail keywords.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Add Long-Tail Keywords to Your Content
  • [00:33]  If you type in Singlegrain.com or NeilPatel.com and use the Top Pages on the AHREFS or SEMRush sites, you can see how your pages rank and for which keywords.
  • [01:20] Look at all your content that is ranking and go to Google Search Console, where you will see the impression count, keywords, etc.
  • [01:50] Whatever someone is searching for, they are looking for a solution.
  • [02:01] When using keywords, make sure you are offering relevant content regarding said keywords.
  • [03:11] If you have a competitor that ranks above you for a certain keyword, you can take that URL and plug it into AHREFS. Then you can see all the keywords for which they are getting traffic and impressions.
  • [03:35] From there, you can judge whether you re able to adjust your content to include the keywords for which your competitors are ranking higher.
  • [03:55] It costs 6-7x more to acquire a new customer vs. maintaining existing customers.
  • [04:52] That’s all for today!
  • [04:57] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Aug 14, 2018
How to Maintain a 30% Open Rate On Your Email List As It Grows | Ep. #743
04:31

In episode #743, Eric and Neil discuss how to maintain a 30% open rate for your emails. Tune in to hear how to grow your list and stay out of the spam folder.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Maintain a 30% Open Rate On Your Email List As It Grows
  • [00:45] Typical open rates are between 10-15%.
  • [00:54] Most people would say to clean out your email list, but you won’t get any growth this way.
  • [01:18] Ask your subscribers questions.
  • [01:46] Try to have a conversation with the email recipients.
  • [02:35] If you are launching a course, you should ask for people to share their journeys with content marketing, as well.
  • [03:01] Emailing a questions once per month will help to ensure that you stay at the top of people’s inbox.
  • [03:40] Make sure you don’t end up in the spam box by staying relevant.
  • [03:56] That’s it for today!
  • [04:00] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 13, 2018
A Simple Way To Come Up With The Most Effective Marketing Ideas | Ep. #742
07:03

In episode 742, Eric and Neil discuss simple ways to come up with effective marketing ideas. Tune in to hear some simple hacks.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: A Simple Way To Come Up With The Most Effective Marketing Ideas
  • [00:40] Spy on your competition!
  • [00:55] AdBeat is a way to see all the ads a company is running and how their spend trends are running.
  • [01:30] This also shows you which ads have been used for the longest period of time.
  • [01:43] Go to your competitors’ web sites.
  • [01:45] Track the changes that they make, because it will give you an idea of what is helping them grow.
  • [02:00] If you go multiple times, you will get “cookied” and you will see all their ads and campaigns.
  • [02:36] AHREFS Content Gap is a way to see all the different keywords your competition is ranking for that you are not.
  • [03:09] Take those keywords to UberSuggest and you will get more ideas about how to use them.
  • [03:25] Use BuiltWith to see what tech your competitors are using. This will give you an idea of how to expand.
  • [03:50] If your competitors are using A/B Tests, it means they are sophisticated enough to make changes and boost conversions.
  • [04:20] Facebook has added the “info and ad” section. This allows you to see all the ads one person or company is running.
  • [04:52] Go to niche marketing conferences and pick up new marketing tactics.
  • [05:14] Everyone is friendly and will prove helpful.
  • [05:25] These conferences are a great place to pick up new hacks from reliable sources.
  • [06:04] War Room is a good example of a niche conference.
  • [06:24] That’s all for today!
  • [06:28] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 12, 2018
What Should You Do With All of Your Visitors Who Don't Buy  | Ep. #741
05:26

In episode #741, Eric and Neil discuss what you should do with visitors who don’t buy. Tune in to hear how you should follow up with people who didn’t convert.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What Should You Do With All of Your Visitors Who Don't Buy
  • [00:34] Survey those customers who do not buy.
  • [00:50] If you have 100 visitors, you will be lucky if 5 people make a purchase.
  • [01:06] Sure, you could look at Google Analytics, but you won’t know why people aren’t converting.
  • [01:30] If you survey your audience, you can learn from mistakes and boost conversions.
  • [02:15] SurveyMonkey and Qualaroo are great tools to use.
  • [02:30] Eric also likes TypeForm.
  • [03:20] Eric likes the question “Were you considering joining the Digital XP Accelerator?” because the answers let him know that the messaging wasn’t aligning with people’s pay-points.
  • [04:06] Follow up with an email or phone call and try to convince those surveyed to buy.
  • [04:20] Even if they don’t buy, this will give you a clearer idea of why they did not.
  • [04:41] That’s all for today!
  • [04:46] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 11, 2018
What Should You Do When You're Not Growing | Ep. #740
05:36

In episode #740, Eric and Neil discuss what you should do when you aren’t growing. Tune in to hear how you can stimulate growth.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What Should You Do When You're Not Growing
  • [00:45] If Eric is in a rut, he likes to take a break.
  • [01:08] Clearing his head allows him to move forward and come up with better/new ideas.
  • [01:25] When people stop growing, it is because they are relying on old tactics.
  • [01:37] Neil likes to run drastic experiments to test out new ideas.
  • [01:53] Growth is often boosted by unorthodox methods.
  • [02:00] At Crazy Egg, they grew quickly by switching the homepage from a long sales page, to a much shorter, concise page.
  • [02:15] They also tested the “sign in with Google” option, which worked out well.
  • [02:35] After those methods began to hurt them, they switched it up again.
  • [03:15] In general, if growth slows down, do the opposite of what you are currently doing.
  • [03:30] Eric has a friend that does video advertising.
  • [03:55] His secret is that he does the opposite of what people expect or request.
  • [04:15] Think about how you can turn ideas on their heads.
  • [04:55] That’s all for today!
  • [04:58] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 10, 2018
The New Way to Do Competitive Analysis | Ep. #739
04:03

In episode #739, Eric and Neil discuss news ways to do Competitive Analysis. Tune in to hear about new techniques.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The New Way to Do Competitive Analysis
  • [00:38] Facebook is a great way to do competitive analysis.
  • [00:55] There is a sidebar on Facebook ads that says “info and ads” that will show you all the ads someone is running.
  • [01:11] You can put a pixel on your website, build an audience, and use tools like SimilarWeb to see who you share an audience with.
  • [01:40] Make sure when doing CA, that the audience is similar to yours.
  • [02:32] The idea behind using the new FB ads feature is more transparency.
  • [03:00] Instead of having to come up with ideas from scratch, you can use other’s ads to show your clients what’s out there and build a campaign from there.
  • [03:24] That’s all for today!
  • [03:28] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 09, 2018
The Unorthodox Strategy We Use to Come Up WIth Topics For Our Blog | Ep. #738
06:09

In today’s episode, Eric and Neil discuss unorthodox strategies for coming up with blog topics. Tune in to hear how you can spin any topic.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Unorthodox Strategy We Use to Come Up WIth Topics For Our Blog
  • [00:45] They don’t have many strategies at Neil’s org, but rather one simple method.
  • [01:10] Neil writes about personal experiences.
  • [01:25] Neil wants people to know they can’t get his content anywhere else.
  • [01:52] When he shares personal stories, he gets 12x more comments.
  • [02:25] Growth Everywhere doesn’t have a headline or title until after the interview.
  • [03:15] At Single Grain, employees are required to come to a meeting with multiple blog ideas.
  • [03:45] A blog should be about what you want to share, but also what people would want to read.
  • [04:10] As a blogger, you can come up with unique stories for any industry. You just have to put your personal spin on things.
  • [04:45] Ben Settle came up with the concept for “Seinfeld Emails”.
  • [05:25] Emails that are about nothing, but somehow tie back into what you’re selling.
  • [05:30] That’s all for today!
  • [05:36] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 08, 2018
Is Cheaper Better? | Ep. #737
04:59

In episode #737, Eric and Neil discuss whether cheaper is better. Tune in to hear if you are shooting yourself in the foot by charging less.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Is Cheaper Better?
  • [01:00] Some people say you pay what you get for, but sometimes cheaper is better.
  • [01:30] There is a diamond company that makes the stones in a lab. When they sell them for less, no one wants them. When they sell them for the same price as mined diamonds, they sell out.
  • [02:00] The quality is the same, but the diamonds are made in simulated conditions.
  • [02:28] If two advertising companies charge two different rates, most people will pay the higher rate for a smaller company and more focused attention.
  • [03:05] People often question the quality of something if it’s too low of a price.
  • [03:30] There is no exact science to setting a price point, so do your research and run tests.
  • [04:20] That’s it for today!
  • [04:24] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 07, 2018
Why Marketers Change Their Minds a Lot | Ep. #736
04:47

In episode #736, Eric and Neil discuss why marketers change their minds so often. Tune in to hear why marketers are a fickle bunch.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why Marketers Change Their Minds a Lot
  • [00:45] Eric and Neil originally said they wouldn’t use Outbrain or Taboola.
  • [01:00] Since then, those companies have improved their methods.
  • [01:24] At first, the Facebook ads platform was weak.
  • [01:45] Often, marketers change their minds because circumstances change.
  • [02:05] What worked yesterday, may not work today.
  • [02:20] Market conditions are always in flux.
  • [02:38] Neil always told people not to advertise on Instagram, but he has since changed his tune to some degree.
  • [03:00] It’s not good for cold traffic, but works for further exposure.
  • [03:30] Have a framework whereby you can re-test methods that were previously unsuccessful.
  • [04:10] That’s all for today!
  • [04:13] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 06, 2018
How to Do Content Marketing on a Budget | Ep. #735
06:09

In episode #735, Eric and Neil discuss how to do content marketing on a budget. Tune in to hear what steps you can take to save some money.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Do Content Marketing on a Budget
  • [00:45] Right now, Eric is cutting his content marketing budget.
  • [01:00] They decided to collaborate or work on getting guest posts.
  • [01:47] KissMetrics grew by reaching out to other content marketers and offering a platform.
  • [02:27] You can get people to write for free if you offer publicity and other opportunities for exposure.
  • [03:15] There are a lot of writers out there writing well-researched long-form content.
  • [03:52] Infogram or Canva are great ways to repurpose content and turn it into infographics.
  • [04:35] The content re-usage framework is a great line of thinking and a great way to save money.
  • [05:32] That’s it for today!
  • [05:36] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 05, 2018
How to Build Links (Without Being Sleazy) | Ep. #734
05:22

In episode #734, Eric and Neil discuss how to build links the right way. Tune in to hear what makes link-building sleazy.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Build Links (Without Being Sleazy)
  • [01:00] Having a simple widget or tool is a great way to provide a service without being sleazy.
  • [01:25] Neil likes to release free copies of paid tools.
  • [01:56] HubSpot overtook Drift by offering a free service.
  • [02:30] Yelp offers widgets that helps restaurants link-build.
  • [02:45] Email outreach isn’t sleazy, even though people think it is.
  • [03:02] To not be sleazy, you have to offer value.
  • [03:46] Aim to build relationships instead of just reaching out for links.
  • [04:15] Use data to help you find out your best people to reach out to.
  • [04:43] That’s it for today!
  • [04:47] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 04, 2018
This One Little Thing Can Screw Up Your Company (So Don't Do It) | Ep. #733
04:35

In episode #733, Eric and Neil discuss the one thing that can screw up your company. Tune in to hear what you absolutely should not do.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: This One Little Thing Can Screw Up Your Company (So Don't Do It)
  • [00:35] Don’t rebrand!
  • [00:44] Companies who are successful and make money still feel the need to rebrand.
  • [01:12] ConvertKit is changing their name to Siva, even though they are doing well.
  • [01:34] They wanted to rebrand, because no one knows what “convert kit” means, anyway.
  • [01:57] It makes sense to rebrand if you are changing your product, but otherwise, it doesn’t make sense.
  • [02:35] The Growth Everywhere podcast is rebranding.
  • [03:00] If you don’t have a ton of traction, feel free to rebrand. Don’t consider it if you’re making millions.
  • [03:57] That’s it for today!
  • [04:01] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 03, 2018
How to Educate Leads That Aren't Ready to Become Customers | Ep. #732
06:20

In episode #732, Eric and Neil explain how to educate leads. Tune in to hear how you can grow your customer base through education.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Educate Leads That Aren't Ready to Become Customers
  • [00:45] There is a time to be aggressive and a time to go easy.
  • [01:20] In everything they do, Eric and Neil try to educate people who aren’t ready to buy.
  • [01:46] You put in all this work during year one, by year three you start to see results.
  • [02:08] It takes time to manifest results.
  • [02:20] Neil looks for what makes his ideal customer.
  • [02:40] He will create content that helps companies grow, because they can become customers once they have achieved greater success.
  • [03:40] The rule of seven is key. Make sure your name keeps getting out there.
  • [04:13] Make sure you are surveying customers to make sure you know what they are looking for.
  • [04:40] Always drop the name of your company and contact info in everything you do.
  • [05:05] TOFU, MOFU, and BOFU are important concepts.
  • [05:30] Use lead scoring, as it will tell you whether someone is top of funnel.
  • [05:43] That’s it for today!
  • [05:47] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 02, 2018
How to Generate High Quality Traffic on a Budget | Ep. #731
06:39

In episode #731, Eric and Neil discuss how you can generate traffic on a budget. Tune in to hear what makes traffic “high quality” and how you can generate it.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Generate High Quality Traffic on a Budget
  • [00:50] How do you define high quality traffic when starting off?
  • [01:10] Look at how well the traffic converts in terms of collecting email sign-ups.
  • [01:31] When you have traffic that converts, you know it’s the right traffic.
  • [02:45] Outreach through guest posting is a great budget-friendly way to grow.
  • [03:14] ConvertKit is an email marketing solution.
  • [04:05] Use this tool to reach out to potential partners.
  • [04:22] Go to people who have your ideal traffic and partner up, cross-promote, bundle.
  • [05:30] Do tons of business development and partnerships.
  • [05:47] When you’re starting out, say yes to most deals.
  • [06:05] That’s all for today!
  • [06:08]  If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Aug 01, 2018
Why Google Analytics is Useless Without This...  | Ep. #730
05:57

In episode #730, Eric and Neil discuss why Google Analytics is useless without this one thing. Tune in to hear what you might be missing.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why Google Analytics is Useless Without This...
  • [00:42] Eric doesn’t always buy a product or service when he visits websites.
  • [01:05] Google Analytics will never tell you why someone left your site without buying.
  • [01:15] GA provides quantitative data.
  • [01:20] Qualitative data is more elusive.
  • [02:07] Go to your lowest hanging fruit first.
  • [02:50] Affiliate marketers struggle because they operate in a vacuum.
  • [03:08] Qualaroo, SurveyMonkey, Google Surveys are great ways to get qualitative data.
  • [03:38] 30 or more responses will serve as enough data to be actionable.
  • [04:15] User Testing and Usability Hub are great tools.
  • [04:37] Make sure the person testing is your ideal customer, otherwise, the data won’t matter.
  • [05:16] That’s it for today!
  • [05:22] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jul 31, 2018
7 Questions You Ought to Ask Your Audience | Ep. #729
08:44

In episode #729, Eric and Neil discuss 7 questions you ought to ask your audience. Tune in to hear what types of questions you should be asking.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Questions You Ought to Ask Your Audience
  • [00:50] #1: Tell us all of the topics you are interested in regarding Marketing.
  • [01:30] If you are covering food topics, ask your audience what their diet is based on.
  • [01:45] You want to see who your audience is and how they skew (vegan, meat eaters, etc.).
  • [02:07] #2: What else would you like to see on this page?
  • [02:20] This will help you to understand what your page is lacking from the customer’s POV.
  • [02:36] Under 30 responses is not enough data to make an effective change.
  • [03:10] #3: What are you goals in the next year?
  • [03:18] Use Surveymonkey for long form answers of this nature. Make a word cloud out of your responses.
  • [03:58] #4: What did you think about X? (The product or service they purchased).
  • [04:20] This will help you determine if things are working or if you need to improve.
  • [04:51] #5: Why didn’t you buy?
  • [05:00] There will be a huge contingent of people who didn’t purchase your product or service. This is an opportunity to find out why.
  • [05:47] #6: Ask a question that determines the “pay point” of your audience.
  • [07:14] By asking questions related to a problem, it will help you collect more leads and actionable information.
  • [07:45] #7: Use a tool like TypeForm and send them down a question funnel.
  • [08:07] That’s all for today!
  • [08:10] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jul 30, 2018
Why You Should and Shouldn't Spend Money on Marketing Courses | Ep. #728
05:51

In episode #728, Eric and Neil discuss the pros and cons of taking online marketing courses. Tune in to hear both sides of this argument.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why You Should and Shouldn't Spend Money on Marketing Courses
  • [00:45] If you end up paying for something, you’re more likely to take action.
  • [00:52] People can find what a course is selling for free elsewhere.
  • [01:20] If you pay for it, there is still a chance you won’t take action.
  • [02:00] It depends on your personality type when it comes to taking action.
  • [02:20] Eric sees people offering online courses as taking advantage of others.
  • [02:33] They may not actually be experts and credibility isn’t required to teach online courses.
  • [02:51] Eric feels it is preying on people’s insecurities.
  • [03:26] Look into the person selling the course; check credentials.
  • [04:15] Some courses are being taught by people who just teach courses and don’t have actionable information.
  • [05:12] That’s all for today!
  • [05:15] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 29, 2018
How to Rank For Thousands of Keywords Fast  | Ep. #727
05:59

In episode #727, Eric and Neil discuss how you can rank for thousands of keywords. Tune in to learn how you can earn a high ranking overnight.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Rank For Thousands of Keywords Fast
  • [00:44] Neil’s strategy to ranking for thousands of keywords, is to write a blog post that is only a few thousand words.
  • [00:52] A shorter blog posts allows you to test the waters and see if it is ranking and getting social shares.
  • [01:10] See what search queries are leading people to your article.
  • [01:23] Tailor your articles to those search queries; when people have a problem, offer a solution.
  • [02:05] Look for relevant keywords that aren’t on your page and add them in.
  • [02:36] Adjust your content to benefit the user.
  • [02:40] If the user doesn’t like your article, because you are just stuffing in keywords, your user metrics scores will tank.
  • [02:50] Backlinko is good at doing all of this.
  • [03:08] There is on epic post about this on Backlinko.
  • [03:25] If the majority of your traffic is from mobile devices, having one long page is difficult.
  • [03:54] Make sure to know your audience and how they access content before creating anything.
  • [04:09] Whatever content you have that is ranking, look at your competition and see how they are ranking for similar articles and keywords.
  • [04:30] Use AHREFS to check all this information.
  • [04:50] Using the AHREFS Content Gap Tool will help you compare yourself to competitors.
  • [05:21] That’s it for today!
  • [05:25] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

 

Jul 28, 2018
How to Grow Your Marketing Through Partnerships | Ep. #726
07:47

In episode #726, Eric and Neill discuss ways to grow your marketing through partnerships. Tune in to hear what makes a great partnership.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Grow Your Marketing Through Partnerships
  • [00:40] Partnerships can be collaborating with SEO software and doing joint webinars or doing an affiliate partnership.
  • [01:06] Neil thinks a partnership means a win-win, where everyone benefits from the collaboration.
  • [01:33] When doing collabs, if what you are promoting for the partner doesn’t meet your audience’s needs or interests, nothing will come of this joint venture.
  • [02:01] Neil has over 100,000 YouTube subscribers. If someone who wanted to partner with him only had 2000, he would decline.
  • [02:22] If you have a small amount of followers, you need to up the ante to make it worth your partner’s while (payment, etc.).
  • [03:00] However, most partnerships will not be equal.
  • [03:15] Figure out what you can leverage and how the partnership would be beneficial.
  • [03:40] Joint webinars are a great way to partner up with other companies and people.
  • [04:15] Virtual conferences have hit Neil up for email blasts, but he didn’t do it, because the numbers didn’t move him.
  • [05:00] Neil and Eric both do partnerships.
  • [05:34] When Eric was at Treehouse, to get started, they made a partnerships page.
  • [05:50] Neil thinks when you’re starting out, bundling is a great way to create a mutually beneficial partnership.
  • [06:18] Use AppSumo, which is a place that runs promotions or offers.
  • [06:38] Be careful with AppSumo, though: they take a percentage from what you make.
  • [07:06] That’s all for today!
  • [07:08]  If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

 

Jul 27, 2018
7 Simple Hacks to Generate More Upsells | Ep. #725
04:31

In episode #725, Eric and Neil discuss how you can generate more upsells. Tune in to hear 7 great hacks!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Simple Hacks to Generate More Upsells
  • [00:33] #1: If someone is buying from you, add an upsell immediately after their purchase (on a thank you page).
  • [00:52] #2: Upsells won’t work unless you’re offering speed and automation.
  • [01:27] #3: Make sure you have urgency built into your upsell.
  • [01:44] #4: Check out bumps.
  • [01:54] When checking out on ClickFunnels, they always have an offer on the check-out page, where you can tick a box and buy something cool for a good rate.
  • [02:22] #5: Downsell.
  • [02:34] #6: Use Google Correlate.
  • [02:45] This will help you to see what people are buying/searching for right after they buy your product.
  • [03:20] #7: Make sure your upsell is relevant.
  • [03:35] If you sell an SEO course, then a design course, it might not make sense.
  • [03:50] That’s it for today!
  • [03:55] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

 

Jul 26, 2018
The 11 Billion Dollar Marketing Channel You Aren't Leveraging (But Should)  | Ep. #724
04:52

In episode #724, Eric and Neil discuss the channel you aren’t leveraging. Tune in to hear what new channel you need to try.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The 11 Billion Dollar Marketing Channel You Aren't Leveraging (But Should)
  • [00:35] You aren’t leveraging the App Store!
  • [00:38] Apple reported they have generated over $11 Billion in revenue from the App Store.
  • [00:46] The Google App Store adds in even more revenue.
  • [01:00] However, so few people are creating apps for their sites or products.
  • [01:18] If you’re not on there, you are losing out!
  • [01:35] It’s not a competitive space.
  • [01:50] If you want more traffic, look for channels that are still growing.
  • [02:10] A mutual friend of Eric and Neil’s used WP to build an app.
  • [02:21] WP is how Marketing School and Growth Everywhere have apps.
  • [02:40] Google Momentum is a great productivity add-on.
  • [02:55] They just figured out how to start monetizing it.
  • [03:30] Eric and Neil will try to leverage new channels all the time. If they don’t work, it’s not a big loss.
  • [03:58] Look for tools like Buildfire, which will help you easily create and leverage an app in about an hour.
  • [04:13] That’s it for today!
  • [04:17] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

 

Jul 25, 2018
7 Marketing Lessons We Learned From Running Software Companies | Ep. #723
08:41

In episode #723, Eric and Neil count out the 7 lessons they learned from running software companies. Tune in to hear what lessons apply to your business.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Marketing Lessons We Learned From Running Software Companies
  • [00:43] A lot of the lessons Eric and Neil learned, could work for ecommerce and other internet-based businesses.
  • [01:05] #1: It’s not all about the conversion plan. Optimize for lifetime value.
  • [01:25] People typically pay for software on a month-to-month or annual basis and people often have to renew plans; this is a consistent revenue stream.
  • [02:17] #2: It’s all about on-boarding.
  • [02:40] First impressions matter and that applies to software, as well.
  • [02:53] #3: You end up losing about 5% of your revenue because user’s credit card numbers expire.
  • [03:08] To fix this, companies like GoDaddy sign up for a service called Visa and Mastercard Updater; Visa and Mastercard will automatically update user’s credit card details for a small fee.
  • [03:50] #4: Use the “Jobs to be done” framework.
  • [04:40] Set aside time for customer development.
  • [04:48] #5: You only have one shot with customers. If someone uses your product and doesn’t like it, they will never come back.
  • [05:07] First opinions tend to stick in the software world.
  • [05:42] BuzzSumo and AHREFS did well because they created exceptional products.
  • [06:30] #6: Get your pricing right!
  • [07:03] Everyone is going upmarket. Charge for the value you think you are delivering.
  • [07:23] #7: Pay attention to market trends and conditions.
  • [07:30] KissMetrics was getting trounced by a competitor and didn’t adapt quickly enough.
  • [08:01] That’s it for today!
  • [08:03] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jul 24, 2018
What You Ought to Do When a Social Network Stops Driving You Traffic | Ep. #722
07:00

In episode #722, Eric and Neil discuss what you should do when a social network stops driving traffic to your site. Tune in to hear what your options are.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What You Ought to Do When a Social Network Stops Driving You Traffic
  • [00:40] Neil has close to a million Facebook followers. When he had a few hundred thousand, he spent $400,000 on Facebook ads to gain a “shitload” of new followers.
  • [01:10] Neil thinks of Facebook like a well. You want to have your own well, so you can keep getting water without spending money.
  • [01:40] Neil’s strategy worked for a very long time, then Facebook changed their algorithm.
  • [02:55] Twitter was better in the past, but overall the user growth hasn’t been great lately.
  • [03:16] If you are able to build your own email list, you control that at the end of the day.
  • [03:40] The cool part about Google is that they have learned not to penalize links, they just don’t count bad ones.
  • [04:15] The possibilities are endless and you should leverage more than just one channel.
  • [04:44] Eric went from 4000 Twitter followers to 10,000, but traffic coming to his site has gone down.
  • [05:07] Just because you are on these channels and your follower count is growing, doesn’t mean that you are going to do well.
  • [05:20] Look for the social network or channel this is starving for your content.
  • [05:49] That’s it for today!
  • [05:58] If you could take two minutes out of your day, we are trying to improve the listening experience for you, so go to Singlegrain.com/survey and help us gain some insight into what matters to our listeners.
  • [06:33] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveaway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 23, 2018
7 Dead Simple SEO Tactics That Still Work Today | Ep. #721
06:21

In episode #721, Eric and Neil count out 7 simple SEO tactics. Tune in to hear what you should be doing on your site.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Dead Simple SEO Tactics That Still Work Today
  • [00:33] #1: Upgrade your content.
  • [00:40] Look at Wikipedia and Trip Advisor: there is constantly updated user content.
  • [01:01] #2: Google Correlate.
  • [01:04] It’s a great tool for keyword research.
  • [02:06] #3: The Skyscraper Technique.
  • [02:15] Go out and look for top five posts about a certain keyword.
  • [02:30] Make content that improves upon the original resource.
  • [02:41] #4: Infographics.
  • [02:50] KissMetrics was popular because of their use of this visual content.
  • [03:07] Go to BuzzSumo and look at the popular articles in your field and create infographics about the material.
  • [03:43] #5: Use Google Search Console.
  • [03:50] Look at top pages and top keywords that are ranking.
  • [04:00] Add any keywords you don’t have.
  • [04:08] #6: Use Google Search Console to search for top keywords. Integrate the most popular keywords.
  • [04:50] #7: Go out and look at what content you can delete.
  • [05:25] You can drive traffic this way or possible even lose traffic.
  • [05:40] Neil thinks you should keep old content and just add updated versions.
  • [05:46] That’s it for today!
  • [05:49] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveaway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 22, 2018
You're Spending Too Much Money! | Ep. #720
06:00

In episode #720, Eric and Neil discuss why marketers overspend. Tune in to hear why you are spending too much money.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: You're Spending Too Much Money!
  • [00:40] In marketing, everyone is about spending money.
  • [01:15] When people hit Eric up, they are looking for advertising and SEO, but rarely conversion rate optimization.
  • [01:40] SEO and content marketing are the best or most popular services.
  • [01:57] If you're spending all this money on marketing, why wouldn’t you hire someone to reduce your expense by cutting the fat?
  • [02:12] Hire someone full-time to just do conversion rate optimization.
  • [03:00] Consider ways your office space can produce revenue.
  • [03:22] AWS did $12 Billion in revenue.
  • [03:35] Take the expense you have and figure out creative ways to make them profit-generating machines.
  • [03:50] Example: your office could be an event space.
  • [04:10] Optimize to get more out of your resources.
  • [04:20] Be more creative with how you spend your money,
  • [04:50] Eric and Neil love marketing so much because there is so much room for creativity.
  • [05:25] That’s it for today!
  • [05:28] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveaway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 21, 2018
Do Midroll Ads Really Work? | Ep. #719
06:29

In episode #719, Eric and Neil discuss the efficacy of midrolls. Tune in to hear whether you should drop the midrolls or keep them.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Do Midroll Ads Really Work?
  • [00:40] In podcasts, there are always ads in the middle of the show.
  • [00:50] Most podcasters use this format, where they run ads in the beginning, middle, and the end.
  • [01:35] Eric was looking at their Apple Podcast retention rates.
  • [01:50] Because Growth Everywhere has a midroll, he checked the retention rates.
  • [02:09] He lost 50% of people at the midroll, but it increased after the ad.
  • [02:30] So, keep your midrolls, because people will just skip them, but will continue to listen and stay engaged.
  • [03:20] Perhaps create a customized landing page to increase ROI.
  • [03:50] Andrew Warner integrates his ads into the podcast episode, which increases sign-ups.
  • [04:22] If you auto-insert ads, people will skip them. If you pay people for custom plugs, that will generate more revenue.
  • [05:12] What Warner does is “native advertising”.
  • [05:30] This way makes it less predictable.
  • [05:50] That’s it for today!
  • [05:56] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveaway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 20, 2018
The Number 1 Reason People Don't Buy From Your Site | Ep. #718
05:14

In episode #718, Eric and Neil discuss the reason people don’t buy from your site. Tune in to hear what could be blocking your conversions.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Number 1 Reason People Don't Buy From Your Site
  • [00:52] 95-99% of visitors will not convert and this happens because your website is pitching too much and you are not answering objections.
  • [01:23] If you don’t answer people’s objections, you are not going to increase your conversion rate.
  • [01:36] Google Russell Brunson/Grant Cardone 10X speech.
  • [01:45] As they pitch, they talk through objections.
  • [02:32] This pitch created a buying frenzy.
  • [02:48] Pamphlets were also put under people’s seats.
  • [02:57] At Crazy Egg, they ended up hiring a company called Conversion Rate Experts.
  • [03:06] They had an amazing consultant, John Jack.
  • [03:22] John suggested they answer objections on their site; they followed his advice and conversion rates went up.
  • [03:35] If you are not sure how to answer objections, survey your customers.
  • [03:52] Look for the most common responses.
  • [04:10] Crazy Egg has objection handling on their pricing page, checkout page, etc.
  • [04:40] That’s it for today!
  • [04:42] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveaway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 19, 2018
How Much Should You Spend on Marketing Software Per Month | Ep. #717
05:34

In episode #717, Eric and Neil discuss how much you should spend on marketing software. Tune in to hear why you might be over-spending.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Much Should You Spend on Marketing Software Per Month
  • [00:40] Eric probably spends $2000/month, while Neil spends $500/month and still thinks that’s too much.
  • [01:10] Everyone pays for more and more software solutions.
  • [01:33] Neil was speaking at a conference and his coworker suggested they get Google Analytics 360; Neil balked because it would cost $100,000.
  • [01:51] Most people who pay for software solutions don’t take action with the data.
  • [02:00] If you want to buy something, make sure you need it and will use it.
  • [02:35] Eric uses a ton of software.
  • [03:00] Marketing software has a lot of the same features.
  • [03:15] So many enterprises are using marketing tools.
  • [03:30] It is so easy to get software/marketing ADD.
  • [03:53] Pare down your costs every quarter.
  • [04:14] Neil tracks his daily expenses.
  • [04:30] A lot of the free tools offer solutions that are just as helpful.
  • [04:57] That’s it for today!
  • [05:02] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveaway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 18, 2018
Why You Shouldn't Copy Billion Dollar Companies | Ep. #716
05:35

In episode #716, Eric and Neil discuss why you shouldn’t copy the strategies of billion dollar companies. Tune in to hear why corporations don’t have all the answers.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why You Shouldn't Copy Billion Dollar Companies
  • [00:42] A lot of the things big companies do, don’t make sense.
  • [00:55] Companies like Slack have the high valuation.
  • [01:13] They ran a commercial, but the commercial didn’t completely explain what Slack actually is.
  • [01:50] If you are in marketing, you have to have good messaging and a good story.
  • [02:15] Your product is not a consumer-based product and is probably more complex.
  • [02:45] Eric watches The Man in the High Castle and he recommends it.
  • [03:00] However, the recent marketing campaign for this show involved covering the inside of subway cars with full Swastikas. It was a confusing ad campaign.
  • [03:30] If you don’t know the show, this campaign was probably jarring.
  • [03:50] You have to be smart with your branding and think of long-term repercussions.
  • [04:43] You want to answer objections.
  • [05:00] That’s all for today!
  • [05:02] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveaway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jul 17, 2018
Why You Should Repeat Your Message Over and Over Again | Ep. #715
07:03

In episode #715, Eric and Neil discuss repetition in marketing. Tune in to hear why it’s important to repeat yourself!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why You Should Repeat Your Message Over and Over Again
  • [00:48] They repeat messages over and over, because people won’t absorb your message the first time they read it.
  • [01:07] Tony Robbins uses the same technique.
  • [01:45] If you keep putting your message out there, people are more likely to convert, and you will become the authority in your field.
  • [02:25] Eric and Neil talk about marketing and SEO so often, that they often come up in marketing and SEO conversations.
  • [02:45] They know how to stay top-of-mind.
  • [02:51] Check out the book Top of Mind.
  • [04:01] When repeating, you must do it across multiple channels.
  • [04:35] Think about creative ways you can repeat your message.
  • [05:25] Even though Neil has written blog posts about other topics, he often posts about the same thing, to make sure his point gets across. However, you can repeat yourself via a citation.
  • [06:29] That’s all for today!
  • [06:33] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveaway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 16, 2018
A Response: Neil's Response to Critics On His New SEO Strategy | Ep. #714
08:34

In episode #714, Eric and Neil discuss the response to Neil’s SEO strategy. Tune in to hear why people think Neil’s strategy will fail.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: A Response: Neil's Response to Critics On His New SEO Strategy
  • [00:55] Neil had a concept where most of the marketing tools out there have tons of features that no one uses.
  • [01:25] He figured he could build more usable versions and give them away for free.
  • [01:40] Eric subscribed to a marketing podcast and the Marketing Director for AHREFS was on the show.
  • [01:52] He and the two hosts ended up critiquing Neil’s strategy.
  • [02:29] Most people don’t do anything with the “history”.
  • [02:58] Neil believes his strategy is obvious.
  • [03:25] Neil is unaware of the public response to his actions.
  • [03:50] People think Neil is underestimating server costs and other expenses.
  • [04:02] Critics also believe he is building up towards a paid tool.
  • [04:20] Neil has no such plans.
  • [04:54] The first version of Neil’s free tools will not have any link data.
  • [05:55] Neil wants to add BuzzSumo-like reporting.
  • [06:25] There are already basic capabilities in his free tools.
  • [06:47] If no login is required for the tools, will someone create scrapers and destroy Neil’s server costs?
  • [07:10] Neil thinks it is possible, but that it wouldn’t hurt him.
  • [07:31] That is all for today!
  • [07:59] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveaway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 15, 2018
How to Run and Manage Your Marketing Experiments  | Ep. #713
08:20

In episode #713, Eric and Neil discuss how and why you need to manage your experiments. Tune in to hear how you can manage marketing experiments successfully.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Run and Manage Your Marketing Experiments
  • [00:35] Neil likes to use Trello to manage his marketing experiments.
  • [00:45] Everyone puts their ideas on the board and then they pick the best ones.
  • [01:00] Don’t spend six months on something that doesn’t work. Start with smaller experiments.
  • [01:22] Eric uses Asana Premium to organize his experiments.
  • [01:58] GrowthHackers Northstar is a great tool, but Neil thinks they won’t be around much longer.
  • [02:25] Make sure you’re spending time and energy on things you can get done quickly.
  • [02:50] Everyone had a different perspective, which is why it’s great to get input and ideas from everyone on your team.
  • [03:31] Only 1 in 12 experiments actually succeeds.
  • [03:48] Neil thinks that stat means that whoever is running your experiments sucks.
  • [04:05] Don’t forget to do qualitative studies.
  • [05:15] If you’ve been running experiments for a long time, this is when you need to do something more drastic and crazy to move the needle.
  • [05:45] Northstar uses the ICE Framework.
  • [06:07] Eric recommends that you read Managing Oneself by Peter Drucker, a management guru.
  • [06:45] You should have a feedback analysis tool to see who on your team is killing it.
  • [07:05] If you’re not being scientific about your experimentation process, you are going to fly off the rails.
  • [07:30] Don’t operate solely off your “gut feeling”; use qualitative and quantitative data to come to your conclusions.
  • [07:44] That’s it for today!
  • [07:47] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveaway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 14, 2018
Good Marketers Copy, Great Marketers Steal | Ep. #712
05:34

In episode #712, Eric and Neil discuss why great marketers steal. Tune in to hear why you should be jacking tactics from other marketers.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Good Marketers Copy, Great Marketers Steal
  • [00:45] Growing up, Eric played a game called “EverQuest”.
  • [00:48] He had no strategy and saw a German player using a specific strategy and used that strategy to win a tournament.
  • [01:17] In marketing, there is nothing wrong with stealing (except when it’s plagiarism).
  • [01:33] Copying successful tactics is a good idea.
  • [02:35] GrowthHackers is a great resource, as is Sparktoro.
  • [02:54] Eric and Neil both use the traction framework, which means they run a lot of experiments.
  • [03:40] Figure out what other successful marketers are doing and use their tactics to your benefit,
  • [04:00] It’s not about being the first, it’s about being better.
  • [04:15] Facebook steals a lot of stuff from their competitors.
  • [04:45] Look at what you can convert and use for your own purposes.
  • [05:00] That’s all for today!
  • [05:03] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveaway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 13, 2018
The Most Exceptional Marketing Campaign in 2018 | Ep. #711
08:17

In episode #711, Eric and Neil discuss exceptional marketing campaigns. Tune in to find out who are the best marketers in the game.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Most Exceptional Marketing Campaign in 2018
  • [00:48] Neil loves Billy Gene’s videos.
  • [01:22] Neil thought his “Wolf of Wall Street” themed video was so effective.
  • [01:50] Eric prefers Grant Cardone.
  • [02:25] Eric once watched an hour and a half interview with Grant and he liked it because he was emotional and honest.
  • [03:43] Tai Lopez also does a good job of leveraging lifestyle marketing.
  • [04:05] Grant Cardone has multiple shows.
  • [04:15] He is a great example of consistency and quality.
  • [04:35] Billy Gene and Grant Cardone are neck and neck when it comes to leveraging lifestyle marketing.
  • [05:00] Look at their techniques and see what you can learn from them.
  • [06:22] Look at their campaigns and see if you can borrow strategies and apply them to your business in a way that works for your brand.
  • [06:40] If someone’s marketing tactics rub you the wrong way, don’t dismiss them; see what you can learn.
  • [07:21] That’s all for today!
  • [07:26] If you are interested in getting a software bundle from Eric and Neil, tweet at Eric and let them know!
  • [07:45] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 12, 2018
How Clickfunnels Built Their Way To $100M ARR | Ep. #710
09:41

In episode #710, Eric and Neil discuss how Clickfunnels earned their success. Tune in to hear how Clickfunnels beat the competition.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Clickfunnels Built Their Way To $100M ARR
  • [00:40] Clickfunnels is a SAS Product that is a monthly subscription service.
  • [01:00] They claim you can use their product to do everything you need to build a site and promote it.
  • [01:15] Leadpages and Infusionsoft are their direct competitors, who they have since surpassed.
  • [01:45] They reached $100 Million ARR without raising capital.
  • [02:10] Once you set up a funnel, it continues to work.
  • [02:30] They not only sell the product, but also training to make sure you use it correctly.
  • [03:20] If you Google Grant Cardone/Russell Brunson 10X, they sold a huge bundle that made them a lot of money.
  • [04:30] Clickfunnels does a ton of webinars.
  • [04:50] They also use affiliate marketing to grow their business.
  • [05:25] They stand out from the pack because they are very generous with their commissions.
  • [07:06] Russell Brunson is a creative marketer.
  • [07:30] Clickfunnels doesn’t have salespeople or a marketing team and they still beat their competitors.
  • [08:44] That’s all for today!
  • [08:55] Tweet at Eric if you are interested in a software bundling offer.
  • [09:10] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jul 11, 2018
The One Marketing Channel You Aren't Investing in But Should | Ep. #709
07:33

In episode #709, Eric and Neil discuss the one marketing channel you are probably neglecting. Tune in to hear what important channel you haven’t leverage yet.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The One Marketing Channel You Aren't Investing in But Should
  • [00:42] Branding is the one thing in which most business do not invest.
  • [01:05] Big corporations are smart enough to spend big bucks on branding.
  • [01:25] Think about all the things at the airport that are branded (the bins at security, the walls of your gate).
  • [02:12] Most of the money comes from awareness campaigns.
  • [02:35] The rule of seven applies here.
  • [02:45] Awareness campaigns can help your company more than you think.
  • [03:33] Neil believes in branding.
  • [03:50] Neil doesn’t track all his branding campaigns; he believes it works.
  • [04:15] There is a great Hubspot post about tracking your branding ROI.
  • [04:40] Eric feels he is better at the less flashy aspects of marketing, which is why he does branding.
  • [05:55] Nintendo has been around for 130 years.
  • [06:16] Nintendo stood the test of time, because they have always had consistent branding.
  • [06:57] That’s it for today!
  • [07:01] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 10, 2018
Bundling: The Marketing Hack That You Aren't Using | Ep. #708
06:15

In episode #708, Eric and Neil discuss a marketing hack you aren’t using. Tune in to hear why bundling can drive up your revenue.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Bundling: The Marketing Hack That You Aren't Using
  • [00:36] Alex Becker teaches a course and has marketing automation software.
  • [00:59] He uses the webinar to sell his software and other courses.
  • [01:18] Eric used to partner with software and education companies and they would bundle software and offer giveaways.
  • [01:40] This makes people feel like they are getting a lot of value.
  • [02:15] HighRise and Basecamp offered bundling and the revenue went up for both companies.
  • [03:00] Work out a bundling deal with someone in your industry. It’s a great idea to drive revenue.
  • [03:33] GoDaddy has so many products that they offer as a bundle with web hosting.
  • [04:25] If you have to offer upsells on top of bundling, you’re doing it wrong.
  • [05:15] You need to comply with GDPR laws if you are bundling, especially if you are working with other companies.
  • [05:40] That’s it for today!
  • [05:44] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 09, 2018
This is Why Your Blog Isn't Loved by Google | Ep. #707
05:59

In episode #707, Eric and Neil discuss why your blog isn’t loved by Google. Tune in to hear the one big mistake most people make.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: This is Why Your Blog Isn't Loved by Google
  • [00:35] People like using web addresses that stick to the format “blog.domain.com”
  • [01:08] Eric and Neil believe this is a mistake.
  • [01:25] When Eric’s past companies switched from a sub-domain to a sub-folder, traffic increased.
  • [02:30] If you’re going to switch, you have to change all of your internal links plus 301 them.
  • [03:00] A lot of work is involved in switching over. Use Screaming Frog to make sure you changed everything over correctly.
  • [03:45] You have to make sure you have an excel sheet your engineers can follow.
  • [04:50] Go post by post when moving everything.
  • [05:00] This is also an opportunity to update and delete content.
  • [05:15] Make sure all your info is up to date.
  • [05:22] That’s it for today!
  • [05:27] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 08, 2018
You Need to Switch Email Service Providers | Ep. #706
05:18

In episode #706, Eric and Neil discuss why you should switch email service providers. Tune in to hear why you shouldn’t remain complacent.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: You Need to Switch Email Service Providers
  • [00:38] Neil ended up switching because deliverability sucks after a while.
  • [00:50] Neil has been having good luck with ConvertKit.
  • [01:15] They make sure that the emails only go to people who consistently open Neil’s emails.
  • [02:15] Deliverability dops because people either don’t clean their lists or because of spammers.
  • [02:31] Neil doesn’t have his own IP, ConvertKit allows him to be on other IP’s.
  • [02:43] Eric uses Drip.
  • [02:50] Drip is more focused on ecommerce as opposed to ConvertKit who focuses on bloggers and online training courses.
  • [03:15] Neil doesn’t believe it matters who the company targets; emails are emails no matter what you do.
  • [04:00] ConvertKit does a lot of the work, so Neil doesn’t have to even think about it.
  • [04:27] Eric may have been converted to ConvertKit because of Neil.
  • [04:43] That’s it for today!
  • [04:46] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 07, 2018
Why Eric Loves Conferences and Why Neil Hates Them  | Ep. #705
07:16

In episode #705, Eric and Neil discuss their feelings about conferences. Tune in to hear why Eric loves them and Neil thinks they are a waste of time.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why Eric Loves Conferences and Why Neil Hates Them
  • [00:45] Eric likes that he can connect with distant acquaintances and friends.
  • [01:05] It gives you the chance to deepen connections.
  • [01:30] Neil hates them, because he sees the dinners as a distraction.
  • [01:50] He believes you can pick up more information watching YouTube videos, which is less expensive than a conference.
  • [02:12] Neil thinks people don’t implement the things they learn at conferences.
  • [02:50] He doesn’t see a direct correlation between attending conferences and increased revenue.
  • [02:58] Most marketers also go to the wrong kind of conferences.
  • [03:15] Eric agrees you need to be more selective about which conferences you attend.
  • [04:05] If you don’t expand your horizons, you will keep getting the same info from the same people.
  • [04:49] If you are at the beginning of your career, there is probably more value to conferences.
  • [05:05] Networking through Skype, Slack, or Telegram is also effective.
  • [05:30] Neil has been turning down paid speaking gigs, because he doesn’t see the value in conferences.
  • [06:01] Go to free networking events or even thrown your own.
  • [06:20] Try to make a list of the people you want to meet, so you have some focus.
  • [06:44] That’s it for today!
  • [06:46] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 06, 2018
Why We Suck at Instagram (and You Should To)  | Ep. #704
06:44

In episode #704, Eric and Neil discuss why they don’t worry about sucking at Instagram. Tune in to hear why it’s ok to suck at Instagram marketing.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why We Suck at Instagram (and You Should To)
  • [00:45] Neil only has one image uploaded at this point.
  • [01:05] The cool part about  Instagram is that it gives you a window into other people’s lives.
  • [01:30] If it’s a viable way to get business, why don’t Eric and Neil use it?
  • [01:40] They want to play to their strengths and there also isn’t enough time in the day to focus on Instagram.
  • [02:10] The two biggest spends/revenue producers are Adwords and Facebook.
  • [02:40] Nail the basics first, then expand.
  • [03:05] Grant Cardone has an insane studio set-up, because he has a whole team.
  • [03:35] When you’re starting out, you aren’t yet mastering anything.
  • [03:47] Focus on a few basics, before trying your hand at Instagram.
  • [04:25] When you are good at video and pictures, then you can worry about Instagram.
  • [05:11] You need 10,000 followers to do well on Instagram and it’s hard to reach that level.
  • [05:52] A lot of people have fake bot followers, which affects the account’s reach.
  • [06:09] That’s it for today!
  • [06:13] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jul 05, 2018
The SEO Hack You've Never Optimized For  | Ep. #703
07:25

In episode #703, Eric and Neil discuss ways to optimize your website. Tune in to hear how you can increase conversions with simple SEO tricks.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The SEO Hack You've Never Optimized For
  • [00:40]  No one is focusing on site speed, which is important. Hosting deeply affects your rankings.
  • [00:55] Google has a mobile-first index, which means fast sites will get ranked higher.
  • [01:22] You also need to use a content delivery network.
  • [01:48] There is a Google Page Speed tool or GT Metrix which will help you measure speed.
  • [02:30] Eric’s website was too slow for 3G. They used GTMetrix to discover all their tags were slowing them down.
  • [02:56] Ping Them is another great resource.
  • [03:10] Don’t take servers for granted.
  • [03:30] Optimize for faster load times, which will help with your conversions.
  • [03:51] WP Engine has been a great resource for this.
  • [04:33] However, WP Engine has been charging exorbitant rates.
  • [05:20] Content Distribution Networks distribute your content through servers all throughout the world (it pings your content to closer networks).
  • [06:01] Cloudflare is another option besides WP Engine.
  • [06:50] That’s it for today!
  • [06:54] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:


Jul 04, 2018
7 Simple Hacks to Get You The Most Engagement on Your Facebook Ads | Ep. #702
06:07

In episode #702, Eric and Neil discuss the seven ways to get more engagement on your Facebook ads. Tune in to hear some neat tips and tricks.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Simple Hacks to Get You The Most Engagement on Your Facebook Ads
  • [00:40] 1: Hit the “Boost Post” button in Facebook and drive it as a message.
  • [00:55] This is a way to build up Messenger subscribers.
  • [01:07] 2: When creating a Facebook ad, they give new ads premiere placement to judge its performance.
  • [01:38] If you keep rotating your ads, you will get premiere placement and your cost per click will go down.
  • [02:00] 3: Go for cost per engagement bidding.
  • [02:05] Facebook is going to optimize for people who are apt to engage with your ad.
  • [02:55] 4: Most visitors aren’t going to be buyers. So, you should set up a remarketing ad for those people.
  • [03:33] 5: Ask for engagement in the ad itself.
  • [03:48] You can coax people into commenting, liking, etc.
  • [04:04] 6: Make sure you are using video ads. These drive the most conversions.
  • [04:22] Don’t forget to use CC’s on your videos, so people can watch without sound.
  • [04:50] 7: Run a contest.
  • [05:10] If you over a giveaway or contest, it will help you get more engagement.
  • [05:30] That’s all for today!
  • [05:37] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:




Jul 03, 2018
Here's What Happens When You Buy Links  | Ep. #701
05:38

In episode #701, Eric and Neil discuss what happens when you buy links. Tune in to hear why this isn’t the best practice.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Here's What Happens When You Buy Links
  • [00:35] When Eric was first doing SEO, he would peruse black hat forums.
  • [00:47] Wicked Fire has a lot of offers for paid tools.
  • [01:01] Eric would buy links for sites and his sites would shoot up in the rankings.
  • [01:15] He was using cheap content brokers and they would blast a bunch of links, his rankings would increase, but then go back down after a couple days.
  • [01:45] Neil tried this with sponsoring an online poker contest.
  • [02:05] Sometimes these things work, but more often than not: you get burned.
  • [02:27] It’s cheaper and smarter to build your own site with quality content.
  • [02:41] Your rankings will maintain when you build your own site.
  • [03:26] Always play the long game.
  • [03:40] Build an audience.
  • [03:50] Investors are burned from buying high-ranking SEO sites.
  • [04:00] Sites that are built just to get to the top never last.
  • [04:54] Don’t waste your time buying links.
  • [05:02] That’s it for today!
  • [05:06] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jul 02, 2018
How to Get a Blue Checkmark on Social Media  | Ep. #700
04:43

In episode #700, Eric and Neil discuss the blue check mark and what it means. Tune in to hear how you can become a verified user on social media.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Get a Blue Checkmark on Social Media
  • [00:35] The blue check mark means that you are “verified”.
  • [01:05] On Twitter, there is a form where you can submit your name and argue why you should be verified.
  • [01:30] It’s a way for famous people to safeguard their reps and not be easily impersonated.
  • [01:50] To be verified on YouTube, you need more than 100,000 subscribers.
  • [02:05] Proving that there are impersonators is another easy way to get verified.
  • [02:25] If you are running ads on Facebook, you can talk to the ads manager about getting verified.
  • [03:13] Don’t pay people who claim they can help you get verified. They are scammers!
  • [03:30] A blue check mark hasn’t gotten anything for Eric or Neil, so it may not be worth it.
  • [04:09] That’s it for today!
  • [04:12] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jul 01, 2018
7 Productivity Hacks For Marketers | Ep. #699
05:01

In episode #699, Eric and Neil count out productivity hacks. Tune in to hear the seven things you should be doing to enhance your success.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Productivity Hacks For Marketers
  • [00:32] #1: Build checklists.
  • [00:45] Eric’s team has a blogging checklist for all the writers they employ.
  • [01:05] Checklists help you standardize processes.
  • [01:12] #2: Use “If, then, this, that”.
  • [01:20] When you publish, push to social media outlets, push to email, etc.
  • [01:45] It will save you time not to do these things manually.
  • [01:48] #3: Use dashboards. Try Domo or Scythe.
  • [02:02] It’s a great way to track analytics.
  • [02:11] #4: Stick with one marketing tactic at a time.
  • [02:25] Don’t spread yourself thin and become adept at whatever you do.
  • [03:00] #5: Use BuzzSumo alerts.
  • [03:12] This will keep you up to date on how you are doing versus your competitors.
  • [03:26] #6: Use Un-enroll Me.
  • [03:36] It will help you unsubscribe from unwanted junk mail and clear your inbox.
  • [03:50] #7: Use Supermetrics.
  • [04:00] The reports are the most in-depth reports you can get. A great resource when presenting to investors.
  • [04:25] That’s all for today!
  • [04:28] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 30, 2018
Why We Don't Blog Daily (and You Shouldn't Either)  | Ep. #698
06:34

In episode #698, Eric and Neil discuss why daily blogging is unnecessary. Tune in to hear what pace at which you should be producing content.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why We Don't Blog Daily (and You Shouldn't Either)
  • [00:36] Neil used to blog seven times per day as an experiment.
  • [00:55] It got him a ton of traffic, but he burnt out working at that pace.
  • [01:15] HubSpot gets a ton of traffic and posts multiple articles on a daily basis, but they are able to keep that pace.
  • [01:40] If you want to scale up and generate more traffic, blog every single day.
  • [01:52] If you’re in the B2B world, don’t blog every day. It’s unnecessary.
  • [02:13] The Kleiner-Perkins Internet Trends report comes out every year.
  • [02:35] It is a popular guide that serves a huge community.
  • [02:50] If you want high-quality leads, don’t blog every day. Write content that shows off how smart you are and what you have to offer.
  • [03:15] Techcrunch is no longer the end-all, be-all that it used to be.
  • [04:05] When you are starting out, doing one really good piece per week or month will do the trick.
  • [04:25] Eric and Neil record three times every two months and record in batches of 20. This gives them a lot of shows in advance.
  • [04:55] This helps them stay top-of-mind and provide high-quality content.
  • [05:15] If you can’t provide value, don’t blog or podcast.
  • [05:45] Everything has been done to death, which is why blogging is a hard game.
  • [05:59] That’s all for today!
  • [06:02] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 29, 2018
Why We Spent $46,452 on Marketing School | Ep. #697
08:22

In episode #697, Eric and Neil discuss why they spend so much money on this podcast. Tune in to hear why giving something away for free can be a good idea.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why We Spent $46,452 on Marketing School
  • [00:42] Eric and Neil enjoy doing this podcast.
  • [01:15] They struggled with quality and methods at first, but eventually found their stride.
  • [01:21] Now, they spend money on intro and outro music, editing, studio time, etc.
  • [01:40] Ads and hosting are another expense.
  • [02:05] Neil doesn’t like spending money if he doesn’t have to.
  • [02:49] Eric thinks he has made at least $100,000 from producing this podcast, while Neil thinks he has made $0.
  • [03:22] Neil does the podcast because he believes in the “rule of seven”.
  • [03:40] The podcast is one of the seven touchpoints he uses to remain top-of-mind.
  • [04:20] Marketing is going to get harder and harder, so having multiple touchpoints is important.
  • [05:00] Eric and Neil could make more money monetizing the podcast, but they have decided it’s more beneficial to keep it free.
  • [05:15] This podcast was on the Entrepreneur Network, but they didn't want to read ads during the show, so they got booted.
  • [05:50] Conservatively, they could be making $200,000/year off the podcast alone.
  • [06:10] They believe you should do things for free as long as you enjoy it and something good comes from it.
  • [06:50] They are playing the long game.
  • [07:10] Sometimes, they get great ideas while working on the podcasts the end up making them money.
  • [07:50] That’s it for today!
  • [07:53] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 28, 2018
The Internet Doesn't Start and Stop With Facebook and Google | Ep. #696
05:41

In episode 696, Eric and Neil discuss why Google and Facebook aren’t your only options. Tune in to figure out where else you can market yourself.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Internet Doesn't Start and Stop With Facebook and Google
  • [00:35] Facebook and Google are the two largest platforms out there.
  • [01:05] There are still so many different advertising platforms you can use besides the top two.
  • [01:20] Figure out where your audience is hanging out.
  • [01:25] In general, you will make more money from Facebook and Google AdWords, because they scale more quickly.
  • [01:35] However, other avenues can be nearly as successful.
  • [01:46] The people who are doing the best right now, have teams who are reaching out to different outlets and working out custom partnerships.
  • [02:00] These teams are cutting out the middle-man.
  • [02:24] People are still using direct mail and it still works for certain targets.
  • [03:13] Figure out who your audience is and how they would like to be targeted.
  • [03:35] Pay-per-click ad costs go down when you simultaneously run ads on other outlets.
  • [04:05] You need to keep your brand top-of-mind.
  • [04:15] A midwestern businessman runs a billboard ad for a few months per year and it increases his business.
  • [04:40] No one wants to do billboards anymore, but they still work!
  • [05:00] Zappos advertised on the bins at airport security and it was genius.
  • [05:07] That’s all for today!
  • [05:11] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

 

Jun 27, 2018
You Shouldn't be an Entrepreneur First, You Should be an Employee | Ep. #695
05:52

In episode #695, Eric and Neil discuss why you should work for someone else before you start your own company. Tune in to hear why you should learn the ropes from someone else.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: You Shouldn't be an Entrepreneur First, You Should be an Employee
  • [00:38] Neil hasn’t been an employee since he was 18 or 19 when he worked at Hollywood Video.
  • [01:02] Eric found the structure about being an employee was helpful to understanding what makes a company work.
  • [01:35] He switched jobs often, because he was chasing the next opportunity. Each time, he learned something new about what makes a successful company.
  • [02:15] You should start out as an employee, because you need to try things out to see what you like.
  • [02:35] Bill Ackman, successful hedge funder, thinks you shouldn’t start your own company until you’ve worked in the industry for some time.
  • [03:15] You need to learn from others before you go out and make your own mistakes.
  • [03:40] If you learn from other’s good examples first, you are more likely to succeed in the future.
  • [04:18] The Ali Baba CEO, Jack Ma, made a video about this very topic and he agrees with Eric and Neil.
  • [04:48] You don’t have to make all your money when you’re young.
  • [05:05] Be prepared to fail before you succeed.
  • [05:17] That’s it for today!
  • [05:20] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 26, 2018
One Simple Hack That'll 10X Your LinkedIn Views | Ep. #694
04:46

In episode #694, Eric and Neil discuss a simple hack that will up your LinkedIn views. Tune in to hear what you should be doing to increase your LinkedIn presence.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: One Simple Hack That'll 10X Your LinkedIn Views
  • [00:36] Lead Quizzes founder, Jeremy Ellins, has given Eric and Neil some great advice.
  • [00:54] Jeremy posted a video of an interview and tagged certain influencers on LinkedIn.
  • [01:40] Tagging influencers gets their attention and will get them to comment.
  • [01:55] The influencer has to be relevant to what you are doing.
  • [01:58] Ultimately, the download’s on Jeremy’s podcast doubled.
  • [02:20] Eric and Neil get request to re-post and comment on LinkedIn pages and most times, it gets their attention.
  • [02:42] “Bro Language” does really well.
  • [02:55] Bro language is concise, to-the-point sentences. It’s not always great prose, but it gets the job done.
  • [03:30] Bro language is becoming overused and is getting filtered out, but as long as you don’t use it too often or at length, it can still be effective.
  • [04:12] That’s all for today!
  • [04:14] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 25, 2018
Should You Raise Venture Capital | Ep. #693
06:20

In episode #693, Eric and Neil discuss the pros and cons of raising venture capital. Tune in to hear why the juice may not be worth the squeeze.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Should You Raise Venture Capital
  • [00:40] Neil still raises venture capital.
  • [00:50] If your idea is huge and you’re trying to swing for the fences, it is hard to do without raising venture capital.
  • [01:18] It depends on what you’re trying to do with your business.
  • [01:40] Rand Fishkin got so diluted while running Moz, that it ended up hurting him in the long run.
  • [01:55] He could have sold the business for a profit, but did not take advantage of this opportunity.
  • [02:20] His VC’s dissuaded him from taking what would have been a great deal.
  • [02:35] VC’s can often steer you away from a clear vision, because they have their own desires.
  • [03:25] Instead of trying to take money to make life easier up front. Think about the long term consequences.
  • [03:50] You could end up in a fundraising cycle.
  • [04:15] Build an audience first, so you have some leverage when you go to VC’s.
  • [04:35] Neil met with some private equity guys in New York.
  • [04:52] Neil didn’t want to do monthly or quarterly meetings, nor did he want to be beholden to investors.
  • [05:15] Raising money is more painful than just working for yourself and getting to call all the shots.
  • [05:25] Read Vivid Vision; it will help you figure out your goals.
  • [05:44] That’s all for today!
  • [05:48] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 24, 2018
How to get Rich People to Respond to Your Emails, When You're a Nobody| Ep. #692
06:59

In episode #692, Eric and Neil discuss how you can get wealthy people to respond to your emails. Tune in to hear how you can tempt people into business deals.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to get Rich People to Respond to Your EMails, When You're a Nobody
  • [00:34] Loom is a tool that allows you to make screencast videos up to 10 minutes long.
  • [00:54] Someone sent Eric a personalized Loom video that address Eric and his business.
  • [01:11] Eric responded, but was ultimately not interested in pursuing a partnership.
  • [01:30] The response rate is a lot higher with personalized videos.
  • [01:45] Your best technique is to reach out to wealthy heads of companies and let them know what their business is lacking and how you could help them improve.
  • [02:30] Neil tried this technique once with a man who owned a social networking site for older people.
  • [02:45] Not only did Neil get a response, but he was connected to the CEO.
  • [03:01] Eric and Neil once reached out to Zynga.
  • [03:25] They had a conversation, but the deal never materialized.
  • [03:45] Neil sent someone a package in the mail with cash inside.
  • [03:57] The note said the person could keep the money, but asked that they just get on the phone with him for 5 minutes, because he had valuable information for them.
  • [04:36] Take Neil’s idea and make it your own.
  • [04:45] When you are speaking to someone’s needs, it will get their attention.
  • [05:00] If you are consistent, you will be successful.
  • [05:10] There are plenty of people having reputation issues. If you acknowledge their dilemma, you can get them on the phone by offering a solution.
  • [06:24] That’s it for today!
  • [06:28] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 23, 2018
Why You Shouldn't Read Books | Ep. #691
05:04

In episode #691, Eric and Neil Discuss why you shouldn’t just read books all day. Tune in to hear why you need to limit the time you spend absorbing information.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why You Shouldn't Read Books
  • [00:40] People spend so much time reading, that they end up taking little action.
  • [00:55] If you don’t spend time implementing ideas within your business, this is problematic.
  • [01:30] Someone wrote a post about when it’s time to learn and when it’s time to earn; it is important to delineate time for actionable ideas.
  • [01:50] Experimentation is the ultimate teacher.
  • [02:02] Make mistakes and learn from them.
  • [02:15] Don’t read random books, read books that address your specific problems.
  • [03:10] Make sure to take notes and take action on your ideas after reading.
  • [03:35] Eric and Neil aren’t advocating ignorance, they’re saying limit your time absorbing information and spend more time enhancing your company.
  • [04:26] That’s it for today!
  • [04:31] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 22, 2018
How to Rank Higher on Google (Without Doing SEO) | Ep. #690
07:03

In episode #690, Eric and Neil discuss how you can rank higher on Google without using SEO. Tune in to hear why optimizing user experience is key.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Rank Higher on Google (Without Doing SEO)
  • [00:58] Check out Google Rank Brain.
  • [01:10] There are backlinks, etc. but there is an ultimate factor that tells Google a result is relevant.
  • [01:40] When you’re looking at user experience, bounce rate, etc., that is the ultimate signal that the result is relevant.
  • [02:07] User experience is one of the most important aspects of a website. Optimize user experience.
  • [02:20] Try UserTesting or UsabilityHub to examine your site.
  • [02:45] Nothing beats talking to your users and hearing what they like and don’t like.
  • [03:00] Once you have a big enough sample size, you can improve your site and rankings based on the solid amount of feedback.
  • [03:25] If you are also trying to optimize for load times, try using GTMetrix to see how your site fares.
  • [03:40] Eric’s site takes 10 seconds to load on mobile devices, which is far too long and it needs to be optimized.
  • [04:15] When optimizing for usability, you need to test twice: once for desktops and another time for mobile devices.
  • [04:30] You shouldn’t have separate mobile and desktop versions, just one killer site that works for everything.
  • [05:15] Even if someone has an LTE or 4G phone, does not guarantee fast connections at all times.
  • [05:36] When optimizing for user experience, make sure you’re running A/B tests.
  • [05:58] Neil tested the pop-ups on his site and how it affected user experience on mobile and desktop.
  • [06:27] That’s it for today!
  • [06:33] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 21, 2018
7 Essentials to Building a Million Dollar Business | Ep. #689
05:58

In episode #689, Eric and Neil count out the essentials to building a million dollar business. Tune in to hear what steps you should take to achieve success.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: 7 Essentials to Building a Million Dollar Business
  • [00:38] 1: You have to have something that people actually want.
  • [00:54] 2: Go out there and find all the competitors and hit up their customer list; offer the same product to them for less.
  • [01:25] When you’re starting off, you don’t have as many expenses and you can do free or low-cost work.
  • [01:48] 3: Having a great team is the most important facet of any company.
  • [02:00] Read the book Who? to learn how to build a great team.
  • [02:11] 4: Get an office!
  • [02:35] Having a physical location makes communication easy and it is helpful when building a solid team.
  • [03:22] When Singlegrain was starting, they left an office space, but things got much easier once they all moved back into the same office space.
  • [03:40] 5: Become a media company.
  • [04:08] 6: You have to have upsells and downsells.
  • [04:18] Stop trying to close new sales and focus on existing customers.
  • [04:48] Marketing costs are lower and profit margins are higher.
  • [05:00] 7: Focus in on one marketing channel.
  • [05:10] Trying to do too many things at once will kill your business.
  • [05:25] That’s all for now!
  • [05:27] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 20, 2018
How to Out-Market a Multi-Billion Dollar Company | Ep. #688
06:36

In episode #688, Eric and Neil discuss how you can out-market a multi-billion dollar company. Tune in to hear how you can beat out some of the biggest names in the game.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Out-Market a Multi-Billion Dollar Company
  • [00:52] Allbirds shoes have raised over $27 Million in funding.
  • [01:18] Nike and Adidas are shaking in their boots over this company.
  • [01:35] Eric and Neil wouldn’t worry, they would just undercut Allbirds’ pricing.
  • [01:56] The reason Allbirds is succeeding, is because they built up a great fan community.
  • [02:20] Your first 1000 fans are the most important.
  • [02:30] Eric likes Allbirds because they are comfortable, cool, and cheap. He found out about them through word-of-mouth.
  • [02:50] Eric then went on and told about 20 people about Allbirds. He’s so enthusiastic about the brand.
  • [03:50] Allbirds started by running a bunch of Facebook ads.
  • [04:00] Eric would crank away at podcasts, while Neil would target influencers.
  • [04:30] Neil would also guest post and focus on content marketing.
  • [04:55] When releasing your product, get the community involved in feedback, which will make them feel more involved.
  • [05:23] Eric is an investor in Unity Influence, which connects people with influencers.
  • [06:00] That’s all for today!
  • [06:05] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 19, 2018
The Best Hack to Building Thousands of Backlinks Fast | Ep. #687
04:55

In episode #687, Eric and Neil discuss the best hack for building thousands of backlinks. Tune in to find out the simplest way to get more site traffic.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Best Hack to Building Thousands of Backlinks Fast
  • [00:45] Go to AHREFS and see which of your competitors is getting the most traffic.
  • [01:15] Take your competitors top blog posts and turn them into infographics. Use 99Designs or Dribble.
  • [01:38] Contact all the people who like the top blog posts and direct them to your infographic.
  • [02:30] There was a HubSpot employee whose data Neil cited and used. When Neil’s infographics based on his work got more traffic, the HubSpot employee was understandably pissed.
  • [02:53] News Jacking covers this topic of poaching/re-imagining others’ work.
  • [03:12] Neil bought out another site that now redirects to NeilPatel.com.
  • [03:55] Look up the skyscraper technique on Backlinko. This will help you re-imagine blog posts.
  • [04:22] That’s all for today!
  • [04:24] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 18, 2018
Haters Gonna Hate- How to Deal With Negativity on Social Media | Ep. #686
06:51

In episode #686, Eric and Neil discuss dealing with haters. Tune in to hear how you can face negativity head-on.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Haters Gonna Hate- How to Deal With Negativity on Social Media
  • [00:45] Eric and Neil have received negative or snarky comments on their YouTube channel.
  • [01:25] The moment you think you are the best at anything, is when someone swoops in and steals your crown.
  • [01:45] It feels like you're making progress when you have haters.
  • [02:02] Neil did the “Who is Neil Patel?” campaign. Some of the paid models were wearing less than enough clothing.
  • [02:30] Men and women came after Neil for his supposedly sexist campaign.
  • [03:10] If you try to please everyone, you end up pleasing no one.
  • [03:22] Ultimately, the campaign was successful.
  • [03:37] If you don’t have haters, you’re doing something wrong.
  • [03:50] Pushing boundaries will always provoke people.
  • [04:30] Neil has released free tools that undercut his competitors, which got the industry talking.
  • [05:10] Focus on your end goal and ignore the hate.
  • [05:30] Always apologize when you have done something wrong, but don’t give in to negativity.
  • [06:10] Haters have internal stuff going on and it’s more about them than it is about you.
  • [06:18] That’s all for today!
  • [06:22] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 17, 2018
How Much Should Your Charge For Your Product or Service | Ep. #685
09:05

In episode #685, Eric and Neil discuss pricing. Tune in to hear how you can figure out the right price for your product or service.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How Much Should Your Charge For Your Product or Service
  • [00:40] How does one settle on pricing for a product?
  • [00:48] Neil completely made it up. There was no logic behind his pricing.
  • [01:35] If the market for your product is saturated, compare yourself to your competitors.
  • [01:55] You can charge the same or more if your product is comparable.
  • [02:20] Make sure you are price-matching or charging just under your competitor’s rates.
  • [03:35] Price Intelligently is a great resource.
  • [04:00] @Patio11 is a pricing nerd, who has written great posts about pricing products.
  • [04:35] As yourself what price is too expensive and what price is so low it would make you question the quality of the product.
  • [05:12] Crazy Egg has a partner that helps you chart out your rates.
  • [05:50] Never take advice blindly, always run A/B tests.
  • [06:51] Pricing is the biggest lever that you can pull.
  • [07:04] Some companies adjust pricing as often as four times per year.
  • [07:15] Do your due diligence and go with what seems right.
  • [07:28] Domo is valued at $2 Million, but there are comparable products that are worthless. Why?
  • [08:27] That’s it for today!
  • [08:33] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 16, 2018
How to Rank at the Top of Google Without SEO or Paid Ads | Ep. #684
05:31

In episode #684, Eric and Neil discuss one way you can rank without using SEO or paid ads. Tune in to hear how you can rank without all the work.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Rank at the Top of Google Without SEO or Paid Ads
  • [01:05] Neil doesn’t always come up with his own marketing strategies.
  • [01:22] When Eric owned the elder care website, it wasn’t ranking.
  • [01:50] They clicked on the top-ranking site, which was poorly curated. They bought out the site to use it to climb in the rankings.
  • [02:45] Neil used this method to help his sites rank higher.
  • [02:52] It’s a more affordable approach to ranking higher.
  • [03:45] Everyone has a number at which they would agree to sell.
  • [04:30] Buy a site that has diversified traffic, instead of just one stellar keyword ranking.
  • [04:50] Buy a site with a good traffic portfolio.
  • [04:53] That’s all for today!
  • [04:57] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 15, 2018
How to Get Paid $10,000 For an Hour Speech | Ep. #683
09:05

In episode #683, Eric and Neil discuss how you can get paid speaking gigs. Tune in to hear how to land these lucrative opportunities.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Get Paid $10,000 For an Hour Speech
  • [00:36] If you’ve never done public speaking, you should, because it’s the quickest and easiest way to make money.
  • [01:00] If you don’t get paid, you can get compensated in other ways.
  • [01:25] Figure out what you want and negotiate for that (accomodations, leads, etc.).
  • [01:45] It took Eric 2 years to get a paid speaking gig, but it Neil 4-5.
  • [02:00] Don't expect the get paid from day one.
  • [02:35] Make a speaking engagements page on your website.
  • [02:45] Make sure you get images and footage of you speaking.
  • [03:25] Get comfortable asking about budget and audience demographics.
  • [03:53] Create YouTube videos that show you giving a speech/webinar. It will help you generate public speaking leads.
  • [04:35] Bryan Harris has a helpful tool that helps people find speaking engagements.
  • [05:25] Speaker bureaus are a great way to get gigs, but don’t sign an exclusive deal with anyone.
  • [05:45] Self-publish books and send them to corporations as a marketing campaign.
  • [06:45] Speaking engagements can always lead to other opportunities.
  • [07:22] Be patient and scrappy.
  • [07:45] It may take a while to land gigs.
  • [08:00] Offer bonuses like meet and greets with conference attendees.
  • [08:30] That’s it for today!
  • [08:34] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:




Jun 14, 2018
How GDPR Affect Your Marketing Efforts | Ep. #682
09:16

In episode #682, Eric and Neil discuss GDPR. Tune in to hear how you can become GDPR compliant.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How GDPR Affect Your Marketing Efforts
  • [00:52] This is something the EU came out with two years ago. As of May 25th 2018, this is something that anyone who does business with the EU will have to put into effect.
  • [01:50] You have to be really transparent with your data collection.
  • [02:05] It’s all about transparency.
  • [02:38] You also need a system in place that allows people to wipe their information from your database.
  • [02:50] If you aren’t working with or in the EU, you don’t have to worry about GDPR.
  • [03:33] Neil’s site has an opt-in tick box for anyone in the EU.
  • [03:58] The penalty for violating GDPR is €20 Million or 4% of the year’s revenue.
  • [04:38] You can’t auto-tick boxes anymore.
  • [04:55] Eric found his conversions rates got better, even though he couldn’t auto-opt-in for people.
  • [06:00] Neil tested his conversions and has not seen any changes by implementing GDPR.
  • [06:33] They decided to implement these rules universally.
  • [07:12] Look at your privacy policy and terms of service to see if they align with GDPR rules.
  • [07:18] Disclaimer template has lawyers that can look over your business and figure out if your are GDPR compliant.
  • [07:54] If you want a good example of a business that is trying to be GDPR compliant, check out Slides.com.
  • [08:24] If you’re within the US, check out Privacy Shield.
  • [08:40] That’s all for today!
  • [08:42] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 13, 2018
The Best Way to Survey Your Audience | Ep. #681
05:56

In episode #681, Eric and Neil discuss the best way to survey your audience. Tune in to hear how and why you should survey your customers and why it is so vital to improving your business.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Best Way to Survey Your Audience
  • [00:35] There are two types of data: quantitative and qualitative.
  • [00:45] Google Analytics tracks quantitative.
  • [00:56] Over 95% of your traffic (and maybe more) don’t convert. Why?
  • [01:10] The Google numbers won’t tell you. You have to talk to your customers through phone, email, and text.
  • [01:20] Surveying is qualitative data. When combined with quantitative, you will be able to greatly improve your business.
  • [01:44] Eric was recently reading the blog “Wild Audience”. The site surveyed him.
  • [02:00] The questions he answered were a way to qualify visitors and segment them into the right campaigns.
  • [02:40] Survey Slam was recommended by “Wild Audience”. It’s a WordPress plugin that costs $97 for the developer license.
  • [03:10] You leave money on the table by not putting people into the right classification.
  • [03:18] Don’t ask too many questions at once and make sure they aren’t biased.
  • [03:40] Make sure your questions are open-ended, so you don’t accidentally bias the survey.
  • [04:22] You can use a word cloud to combine your qualitative feedback.
  • [04:29] From there, you can look at what the commonalities are and make decisions based on the insights you gain.
  • [04:49] When people are done with the survey, make sure to show them a Thank You page that will drive a conversion.
  • [05:21] That’s all for today!
  • [05:24] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 12, 2018
Here's What You Should Put on Your Thank You Page | Ep. #680
05:43

In episode #680, Eric and Neil discuss what you should be doing on your Thank You page. Tune in to hear how you can use this page to drive more conversions.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Here's What You Should Put on Your Thank You Page
  • [00:38] Make the most of your “Thank You” page.
  • [01:20] Eric put a video on his page, thanking people for joining the community. It’s a way to drive another conversion or get the viewer to share the page.
  • [01:48] Neil also has a video that explains what his customers’ options are, which directs them to more conversion paths.
  • [02:30] For Ecommerce businesses, someone already has to buy a product to get to your Thank You page.
  • [02:45] Try to offer relevant upsells to these people.
  • [03:15] Try to target people based on their presumed needs. Survey your customers!
  • [03:30] Once you know what they are looking for, offer similar upsell items.
  • [04:06] Amazon is great at Ecommerce upsells.
  • [04:30] On the Thank You page, make sure your upsells are one-click and easy to use.
  • [04:55] Convert Flow knows what kinds of things people have purchased from your website and will offer them upsells automatically, based on the information they have collected.
  • [05:10] That’s all for today!
  • [05:12] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 11, 2018
Why Videos Are Better Than Text Even Though They Don't Rank on Google | Ep. #679
05:43

In episode #679, Eric and Neil discuss why videos are better than text content. Find out why you need to be incorporating videos into your marketing.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Why Videos Are Better Than Text Even Though They Don't Rank on Google
  • [00:41] Eric thinks videos are better than text. YouTube is the #2 search engine in the world and videos can rank on the front page.
  • [00:55] Because we all have faster internet, video content in rising in popularity more so than before.
  • [01:05] Neil thinks text generates long-term search traffic that can’t be beat.
  • [01:28] In an ideal world, you would do video and text.
  • [01:45] Video is time consuming, harder to rank, harder to go viral, etc.
  • [01:57] Even so, the people who watch are more engaged and conversion rates are higher.
  • [02:10] Incorporating video into your blogs is a great method.
  • [02:40] At conferences, Eric and Neil get great responses from the videos they post.
  • [03:00] If you can’t get high view counts, get other sites to embed your video.
  • [03:10] Add subtitles and translations to your videos to reach a wider audience.
  • [03:25] Anchor.fm can make a video for you from your audio podcast. You can then post it to Instagram and Facebook.
  • [04:05] Eric and Neil know recording in a studio is better than recording a podcast at home.
  • [04:30] Neil’s office does sales presentations over video.
  • [04:45] They also do a lot of video conferencing. Because of their casual dress code, everyone keeps a dress shirt around to throw over their more casual clothes.
  • [04:55] Videos build relationships and deeper connections.
  • [05:08] That’s all for today!
  • [05:12] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 10, 2018
A Really Cheap Way to Get Kim Kardashian to Promote Your Business | Ep. #678
04:51

In episode #678, Eric and Neil discuss cheap ways you can get celebrities to promote your business. Tune in to hear how you can get affordable celebrity plugs!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: A Really Cheap Way to Get Kim Kardashian to Promote Your Business
  • [00:38] There is a site called Charitybuzz where celebrities post causes that are important to them.
  • [00:53] You can bid money for a celebrity’s time and the money will go to their charity.
  • [01:00] Tai Lopez probably uses this site.
  • [01:15] You can get videos, podcast audio, etc. from big celebs.
  • [01:25] You can’t be aggressive with your product, but you can do a meet and greet or get photos, video, audio and in effect promote your business.
  • [02:08] Eric and Neil have had people do free work for them (they offered).
  • [02:16] These people did their research and offered a solution in order to build a relationship.
  • [02:33] Eric and Neil have a mutual friend who built a relationship with Neil, simply by being persistent.
  • [02:58] People look at you in a different light when celebrities get involved.
  • [03:18] It’s surprising how many of these celebrities have less money than you think.
  • [03:26] Logan and Jake Paul crush Instagram, YouTube and their income is $1 Million per month. If these are the cream of the crop, think of others who probably don’t make as much, but have a similar influence level.
  • [03:51] That’s all for today!
  • [04:16] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 09, 2018
Sex Still Sells | Ep. #677
06:01

In episode #677, Eric and Neil discuss how sex is still used in marketing. Tune in to hear what they think about this method of advertising and whether you should be using it.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Sex Still Sells
  • [00:40] The most popular people on the internet still use sex to sell.
  • [00:56] We’re still at a place in marketing, where sex sells.
  • [01:24] When you see Trump in the news all the time, it’s because he is generating reactions, which is kind of selling.
  • [01:35] Using sex is problematic, whether you are leveraging men’s or women’s sexuality.
  • [01:53] You’ll get a lot of haters, but you will also get a lot of conversions.
  • [02:00] There was a case study done by affiliate marketers where they posted a Facebook ad and the image was of a woman’s breasts. The click-through rate was extremely high, but it was also extremely distasteful.
  • [02:32] GoDaddy used Danica Patrick to sell their service.
  • [02:55] That was tasteful.
  • [03:05] Beats used the Kardashians, but in a way that wasn’t overtly sexual.
  • [03:30] Now is not the time to use overly aggressive sexual marketing, because of the current political and cultural climate.
  • [03:42] The world is evolving to become more inclusive and less exploitative.
  • [04:10] If you have to use sex to make your business work, your product or service may not be the best.
  • [04:55] If you search “International Women’s Day Ads” or “Most Empowering Ads for Women”, this will give you an idea of how sex can sell in a non-exploitative way.
  • [05:26] That’s all for today!
  • [05:30] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 08, 2018
Content Marketing Doesn't Work The Way You Think | Ep. #676
05:56

In episode #676, Eric and Neil Discuss the two schools of thought on content marketing. Tune in to hear how your conversions rates can be affected.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Content Marketing Doesn't Work The Way You Think
  • [00:37] There are two schools of thought on content marketing: The first is: Write a lot of content and you will get rankings, traffic, and generate a ton of sales.
  • [01:02] Someone will not convert the same way if they visit your home page vs. your blog post, because the intent is to read, not to buy.
  • [01:20] You just have to keep in mind how conversions work.
  • [01:38] The second school of thought is that quality wins over quantity every time.
  • [01:50] Backlinko writes infrequent, high-quality content.
  • [02:07] HubSpot posts the most content, but their quality isn’t as good.
  • [02:44] However, they still do extremely well in rankings, conversions, etc.
  • [03:08] Backlinko is worth less than HubSpot.
  • [03:40] Guest contributors can bring in new audience members and get you more conversions.
  • [04:01] It’s all about finding high-ranking keywords and flooding the marketplace, which is what HubSpot does well.
  • [04:20] It’s all about creating a framework/system for posts and guest posts.
  • [04:35] Read the post from Tomasz Tunguz of Red Point Ventures about how content marketing compounds.
  • [04:48] You will have hits and misses, but the more you post, the more likely you are to be successful.
  • [05:00] Content marketing will boost your site authority.
  • [05:20] That’s it for today!
  • [05:26] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 07, 2018
Neil Patel's Personal Marketing Strategy | Ep. #675
06:44

In episode #675, Neil breaks down his long and short-term strategies for success. Tune in to hear what keeps Neil in business.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Neil Patel's Personal Marketing Strategy
  • [00:50] Neil used to have an ad agency 16 years ago. The way they grew the business was through cold-calling clients.
  • [01:13] Once blogging became a thing, he decided to use it to generate leads.
  • [01:42] Right now, Neil still spends a lot of time and money on content marketing.
  • [02:00] They get 2 million visits per month thanks to content.
  • [02:20] If you don’t keep releasing more and more new content, your numbers won’t go up.
  • [02:37] They are now buying and merging other businesses.
  • [03:08] They spend 80% of their money on giving away free marketing tools.
  • [03:24] Giving away free stuff is the best way to generate traffic.
  • [03:45] Neil thinks creating tools are a good long-term plan.
  • [04:48] Over the next few years, after continuing to give away tools and grow the business, Neil will semi-retire, leaving his team in charge.
  • [05:15] He has already wound down public speaking engagements.
  • [06:01] That’s all for today!
  • [06:11] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 06, 2018
How First Mover Advantage Can Kill Your Business | Ep. #674
06:47

In episode #674, Eric and Neil discuss the First Mover Advantage. Tune in to hear why being first may not make you the best.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic:  How First Mover Advantage Can Kill Your Business
  • [00:50] Coca-Cola is the beverage king. They are the first mover.
  • [01:11] The first mover advantage helped Coke become the dominant brand.
  • [01:26] Peter Thiel has a concept that says whoever the first to market is, gets a huge advantage. However, you also end up with a lot of high costs and inefficiency.
  • [02:17] Last mover advantage is taking what has been done and improving upon it.
  • [02:31] Being the last in is a huge advantage.
  • [03:23] Moz was the first marketing tool out there, but other brands that came after have overtaken them.
  • [03:35] SEMRush and AHREFS are go-to’s and improved upon what Moz does.
  • [03:58] YouTube did really well at first, because they didn’t have to deal with the lawsuits other sites did.
  • [04:30] Napster was a great service, but they had to deal with lawsuits and they got destroyed.
  • [05:18] As tech evolves, it also gets cheaper.
  • [05:30] When Moz released their financial info, it was found that they spent hundreds of thousands on server costs.
  • [05:40] This is something you can spend a lot less on now.
  • [06:09] That’s it for today!
  • [06:13] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 05, 2018
Eric Siu's Personal Marketing Strategy | Ep. #673
06:30

In episode #673, Eric describes his long and short-term goals for Singlegrain. Tune in to hear what makes Eric so successful!

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Eric Siu's Personal Marketing Strategy
  • [00:55] Daily, Eric’s team is focused on retaining clients (services and sales).
  • [01:15] He personally wants to remove himself from the business almost entirely.
  • [01:38] What is working is podcasting, video, SEO, content marketing, and referrals.
  • [02:00] Big clients may start small, but if you can build trust, you will be able to expand into a bigger account.
  • [02:35] Podcasting is 15-20% of sales.
  • [02:45] 0% comes from video, because they are just starting to use it.
  • [02:53] 50-60% comes from content marketing and SEO.
  • [03:10] Most of his money is spent on content marketing and SEO.
  • [03:18] Eric found Vivid Vision really helpful when planning long-term goals.
  • [03:32] Eric’s long-term goal is to have Singlegrain be self-sustaining.
  • [03:45] People tend to poach great marketing talent. He wants to build-on flexibility, so they always feel engaged and challenged, so he won’t lose them.
  • [04:29] If he could go back and change his initial approach, he would only focus on one area of marketing.
  • [04:42] In the beginning, he wishes they didn’t switch from tactic to tactic too quickly.
  • [05:16] Patience is key!
  • [05:23] Eric’s long-term vision is to have buy and grow many different businesses.
  • [05:55] That’s all for today!
  • [06:00] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 04, 2018
The Genius of HubSpot's Marketing | Ep. #672
06:15

In episode #672, Eric and Neil gush about HubSpot’s stellar marketing. Tune in to hear how you can be more successful like HubSpot.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: The Genius of HubSpot's Marketing
  • [00:35] HubSpot is a CRM and they are a large, publicly traded company who coined the term “inbound marketing”.
  • [01:00] HubSpot’s marketing is so good, because they aggressively use content marketing; they looked at the data and saw what moved the needle.
  • [01:20] They check what ranks for their competitors and copies that topic/style.
  • [01:45] HubSpot also hires the best.
  • [01:57] In order to maximize their content marketing, they have two full-time employees who repurpose all their content.
  • [02:08] They call them ’historical content managers”.
  • [02:20] HubSpot also finds ways to offer free tools that are similar to successful paid versions.
  • [02:30] They are ruthless.
  • [02:52] Website Grader was a great resource and helped HubSpot get backlinks and traction.
  • [03:20] They have created a large community by creating a conference series. Their own users throw HubSpot conferences around the world.
  • [03:45] David Cancel says one of the biggest winners was creating the agency partner program.
  • [04:05] They love creating symbiotic relationships.
  • [04:36] HubSpot is getting 70% open rates using Facebook Messenger.
  • [04:43] When they did this, chatbots were new.
  • [05:00] Sales rep’s close ratios are the same from free tools as the ratios for content.
  • [05:20] That’s all for today!
  • [05:41] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 03, 2018
What Kind of A/B Tests Should You Run to Improve Your Sales | Ep. #671
07:13

In episode #671, Eric and Neil discuss which A/B you should run to improve your sales. Tune in to hear what will help you up your conversions.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What Kind of A/B Tests Should You Run to Improve Your Sales
  • [00:40] Add pop-ups to your site!
  • [00:42] You can use tools like Opt-in Monster, Sumo, and HelloBar to do this.
  • [00:52] From there, you just try to drive people to a conversion.
  • [01:08] Headlines and copy affect conversions more than most things.
  • [01:20] Get on the phone with your customers and ask what got them on board.
  • [01:35] You’ll find people will say a lot of the same things.
  • [01:39] Take what worked and incorporate it into your headlines and copy.
  • [01:53] You need to make sure your copy is cohesive throughout your site.
  • [02:00] Urgency is key. Have deadlines.
  • [02:09] Use Deadline Funnel to create a countdown.
  • [02:17] When something seems limited, it makes it more appealing.
  • [02:30] The final email you send out before the deal expires is usually what gets the most conversions.
  • [02:45] Having all your form fields on one page can be overwhelming. Break your checkout process into a couple or a few parts.
  • [03:07] Conversions will go up by at least 9%.
  • [03:22] Test your pricing every now and again.
  • [03:25] BugSnag changed their pricing several times during their first year in business.
  • [03:47] When doing customer development, ask them what prices are deal breakers.
  • [04:03] Play around with button color, text size, and images. These things don’t necessarily affect conversion as much as people say, but it counts as content.
  • [04:25] When people aren’t buying, Neil surveys them to see what didn’t work.
  • [04:35] Do a remarketing campaign addressing these negatives (maybe using video).
  • [04:54] Also run a test using the video.
  • [05:04] Try short-form vs. long-form copy and see what performs better.
  • [05:30] Optimize your ads.
  • [05:40] On Facebook, add video and a lot of text content.
  • [05:56] The conversion rate goes through the roof.
  • [06:07] Test out freemium, free trials, etc.
  • [06:37] That’s it for today!
  • [06:41] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 02, 2018
How to Consolidate Your Marketing| Ep. #670
06:31

In episode #670, Eric and Neil discuss how you can consolidate your marketing. Tune in to hear how you can get back to basics.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Consolidate Your Marketing
  • [00:36] When you look at anyone in marketing trying to grow a company, they don’t know what to do first or even how to do them.
  • [01:03] Eric has about 40 tools in his marketing stack, which is crazy, because that’s the number after they consolidated everything.
  • [01:14] It’s overwhelming. The operations guy keeps telling him to prune the tools.
  • [01:31] When you shut a tool down, you drop the ball on five things, so it’s a slow process.
  • [01:58] Some of the tools Eric stopped using have resurfaced, because his team has decided to retest them.
  • [02:40] Eric’s team tried to shed a link cloaking tool, which has since been reincorporated.
  • [02:50] The point is that paying for all these unnecessary tools is like death by a thousand cuts.
  • [02:55] Neil says stick to the basics.
  • [03:05] He posts social media content manually.
  • [03:20] Neil’s team uses Google Analytics, Google Search Console, HubSpot, SEMRush, and a product management solution.
  • [03:44] SAP and Oracle combine a lot of tasks into one product.
  • [04:05] Eric’s team needs to get better at consolidating.
  • [04:15] When your team is testing tools you’ve already gotten rid of, they are wasting time.
  • [04:44] Using Segment is going to allow you to consolidate your data.
  • [05:05] Prune every quarter.
  • [05:15] Whenever you have too much going on, look at what’s driving results and dump the rest.
  • [05:45] Decision fatigue is at play here.
  • [05:55] That’s it for today!
  • [05:59] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

Jun 01, 2018
How to Reach Influencers | Ep. #669
05:23

In episode #669, Eric and Neil discuss tactics for reaching influencers. Tune in to hear how and if you should be trying influencer marketing.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: How to Reach Influencers
  • [00:34] Influencer marketing is getting bigger and bigger.
  • [01:01] Go after micro-influencers first. People on their way up are easier to get.
  • [01:15] Micro=5,000-20,000 followers.
  • [01:27] Search for specific hashtags, see who is geographically close to you, and get in touch.
  • [01:36] You will find these upstarts are open to collaboration.
  • [01:43] There are Instagram pods, where people follow and promote each other.
  • [02:01] Influencer marketing doesn’t work the way most people think.
  • [02:14] When one of the fit tea guys started using influencer marketing, it was low cost and converted well.
  • [02:31] Over time, as more products and influencers came around, influencer marketing didn’t work as well.
  • [03:00] The only way to really get a good ROI today, is to pay relevant influencers who have the customers you are targeting.
  • [03:15] Going after Kim Kardashian won’t work unless you have a mainstream product her audience will love.
  • [03:37] You can reduce costs by only paying for the first 12 or 24 hours of the posted image.
  • [03:46] After a week, the view count is going to be so small, it doesn’t matter if it goes up or not.
  • [04:18] Do what most people aren’t: have contests to encourage engagement.
  • [04:44] That’s it for today!
  • [04:50] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

May 31, 2018
Where do Neil and Eric Spend Their Marketing Dollars? | Ep. #668
06:05

In episode #668, Eric and Neil break down their marketing dollars. Tune in to hear what the biggest marketing costs are and how you can avoid overspending.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: Where do Neil and Eric Spend Their Marketing Dollars?
  • [00:51] Eric spends about $10,000-$15,000/month on blog content.
  • [01:12] Neil spends about $4,500/month on video content.
  • [01:24] Podcasting costs Eric and Neil $700/month each.
  • [01:40] They spend the same on video content.
  • [01:48] Eric’s team just starting ramping up/retargeting their ads and spent $3000-$4000.
  • [01:54] Neil spends most of his money on making and giving away free tools, which costs around $80,000/month.
  • [02:12] Building tools takes up a lot of time.
  • [02:20] Neil’s team found it is cheaper to buy out other companies than to spend money on marketing.
  • [02:50] Building free tools gets you organic traffic.
  • [03:02] If they were to add in salaries, that would only add an additional $25,000 to the mix.
  • [03:15] Neil’s numbers include salaries in his estimation.
  • [03:33] Editing blogs costs about $2000/month, but Neil doesn’t pay for translations.
  • [03:52] If you build up brand equity, you can get a lot of work for free.
  • [04:10] One strategy for people with a minimal amount of capital: find people to partner with. You will get stuff for free and both of you will gain a new audience.
  • [04:35] Guest posts are really helpful.
  • [05:28] That’s it for today!
  • [05:32] Go to Singlegrain.com/Giveway for a special marketing tool giveaway!

Leave some feedback:

  • What should we talk about next? Please let us know in the comments below.
  • Did you enjoy this episode? If so, please leave a short review.

Connect with us:

May 30, 2018
What Marketing Channel is Really Causing Your Sales? | Ep. #667
05:23

In episode #667, Eric and Neil discuss which channels are causing your sales. Tune in to hear how you can track this information.

TIME-STAMPED SHOW NOTES:

  • [00:27] Today’s Topic: What Marketing Channel is Really Causing Your Sales?
  • [01:03] If you are direct-response marketing, using Wicked Reports can help you succeed.
  • [01:20] Wicked Reports will find out when your leads opted in, took actions on your website, and will track how profitable that lead became months down the line.
  • [02:02] Google Analytics also has multi-channel attribution.
  • [02:27] When thinking about multi-channel attribution, you will find that some channels drive the majority of your revenue. However, marketing is all about the rule of 7.
  • [03:30] You can’t always put a price on good will. Some of your social media work won’t show up in analytics.
  • [04:20] Segment will take your data points